Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Entertainment / Eagers Automotive Limited

Eagers Automotive Limited

ape · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ape
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Entertainment
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Eagers Automotive Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL 
REPORT
2019

5 YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Year ended 31 December

OPERATING RESULTS

FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
REVENUE

EBITDA

  Depreciation and amortisation

 Impairment and property revaluations through  
profit and loss

EBIT

  Finance costs

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

Income tax expense

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

GROUP TRADING RESULTS

  Loss from discontinued Operations

  Non-controlling interest in subsidiary

ATTRIBUTABLE PROFIT AFTER TAX

OPERATING STATISTICS

  Basic earnings per share - cents

  Dividends per share - cents

  Dividend franking - %

As at 31 December

FUNDS EMPLOYED

  Contributed equity

  Reserves

  Retained earnings

  Non-controlling interest in subsidiary

Total equity

  Non-current liabilities

  Current liabilities

Total liabilities

TOTAL FUNDS EMPLOYED

REPRESENTED BY

  Property plant and equipment

Intangibles

 Assets held at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

  Other non-current assets

  Other current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

OTHER STATISTICS

  Net tangible asset backing per share – $

  Shares on issue – ‘000

  Number of shareholders

  Total Debt(1)

2019
$’000

RESTATED 
2018
$’000

2017
$’000

2016
$’000

2015
$’000

 5,816,979 

 4,112,802 

 4,058,779 

 3,833,222 

 3,246,376 

342,407

(95,217)

(244,925)

2,265

(65,569)

(63,304)

(17,176)

(80,480)

(48,644)

(2,789)

(131,913)

215,283

(46,137)

- 

169,146

(40,744)

 128,402 

(30,906)

 97,496 

-

(1,619)

 95,877 

(62.4)

  36.5  

100

2019
$’000

 50.1 

 36.5 

100

RESTATED 
2018
$’000

176,668

(16,651)

 210 

160,227

(24,598)

 135,629 

(37,456)

 96,027 

-

(2,146)

 96,027 

 50.3 

 36.0 

100

2017
$’000

369,028

38,131

367,855

10,761

785,775

276,092

762,904

179,776

(13,993)

 - 

165,783

(24,378)

 141,405 

(35,879)

 103,984 

-

(1,542)

 103,984 

 55.4 

 35.0 

100

2016
$’000

364,449

55,398

335,779

8,166

763,792

319,846

670,796

990,642

163,077

(13,216)

(7,610)

142,251

(21,293)

 120,958 

(33,943)

 86,217 

-

(798)

 86,217 

 47.6 

 32.0 

100

2015
$’000

296,060

105,375

293,435

8,139

703,009

228,479

557,922

786,401

1,754,434

1,489,410

371,405

(124,306)

380,558

8,002

635,659

544,994

818,696

1,363,690

1,999,349

1,038,996

1,824,771

388,407

313,325

149,774

269,905

877,938

361,121

309,414

288,033

22,600

843,603

354,710

298,908

264,817

22,505

813,494

291,298

160,762

281,817

35,440

720,093

1,999,349

1,824,771

1,754,434

1,489,410

1.68

191,309

5,038

899,405

2.49

191,008

5,442

793,544

2.44

190,493

5,206

769,525

2.95

184,074

5,062

614,280

1,173,069

(551,813)

209,933

9,423

840,612

1,496,588

2,538,050

4,034,638

4,875,250

475,415

758,737

2,366

1,241,361

2,397,371

4,875,250

1.02

256,933

9,955

1,744,826

 Net debt (total debt less bailment finance 
less cash) - $’000

Gearing ratio (debt/debt plus equity) – %

Gearing ratio (net debt/net debt plus total equity) – %

 (1)   Bailment Finance 

368,708

310,264

238,523 

266,035

172,611

 67.5 

 30.5 

 58.6 

 32.8 

 50.2 

 23.3 

 50.2 

 25.8 

 46.6 

 19.7 

Bailment finance is a form of financing peculiar to the motor industry, which is provided by financiers on a vehicle by vehicle basis. It is short-term in nature,  
is generally secured by the vehicle being financed and is principally represented on the borrower’s balance sheet as vehicle inventory with the liability  
reflected under current liabilities. Because of its short-term nature, it is excluded from net debt and the corresponding gearing ratio.

 
 
 
 
 
 CONTENTS

Company Profile 

AP Eagers Foundation 

Board of Directors 

Executive Management 

Directors’ Report 

Auditor’s Declaration of Independence 

Financial Statements 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Addition to Note 33 Investments In Subsidiaries 

Shareholder Information 

Corporate Directory 

2

4

6

6

7

23

25

31

104

105

110

120

122

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

Our Annual General Meeting will be held, on Wednesday 22 July 
2020 at 9.00 am. Venue to be confirmed.

DIVIDEND

Our final dividend for 2019 was paid on 20 April 2020. As 
announced on 20 March 2020, it was reduced from 22.5 cents to 
11.25 cents per share due to the uncertainty of the duration and 
impact of the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic.

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

2019 financial year end 

31 December 2019

Full year results announcement 

27 February 2020

Final dividend announcement  

Final dividend record date  

Final dividend payment date 

Half year end 

Annual General Meeting 

27 February 2020  
and 20 March 2020

1 April 2020

20 April 2020

30 June 2020 

22 July 2020

Half year results announcement*  

26 August 2020

Interim dividend announcement*  

26 August 2020

Interim dividend record date*  

Mid-September 2020

Interim dividend payment date*  

Early October 2020

2020 financial year end 

31 December 2020

* estimate only, subject to any changes notified to the ASX.

1

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
COMPANY PROFILE

ABOUT US

A.P. Eagers Limited is an automotive retail group with our 
main operations in Queensland, Adelaide, Darwin, Melbourne, 
Sydney, the Newcastle/Hunter Valley region of New South 
Wales, Perth, Tasmania and New Zealand.

We represent a diversified portfolio of automotive brands, 
including all of the top 20 selling car brands in Australia and  
9 of the top 10 selling luxury car brands. In total, we represent 
33 car brands and 12 truck and bus brands. 

Our core business consists of the ownership and operation of 
motor vehicle dealerships. We provide full facilities including 
the sale of new and used vehicles, service, parts and the 
facilitation of allied consumer finance.

Our operations are typically provided through strategically 
clustered dealerships, many of which are situated on 
properties owned by us, with the balance leased.

We own $267 million of prime real estate positioned in high 
profile, main road locations in Brisbane, Sydney, Melbourne 
and Adelaide.

We are currently in the advanced design phase of our 
automotive retailing and mobility hub which will be set on 
64,124m2 of land in Brisbane Airport’s new $300 million BNE 
Auto Mall. The plan is to create a world-class automotive retail 
experience for our customers of the future.

DIVIDENDS AND EPS GROWTH

A.P. Eagers has paid a dividend to shareholders every year 
since listing in 1957. We have a track record of delivering 
Earnings Per Share (EPS) growth from acquisitions.

ORIGINS

In 2010, we acquired the publicly listed Adtrans Group Limited, 
being South Australia’s premier car retailer and the operator 
of truck and bus dealerships in New South Wales, Victoria 
and South Australia. This was our direct entry into the South 
Australian, Victorian and truck markets. Reynella Subaru was 
added to the group during 2014.

Caloundra City Autos Group was acquired in Queensland’s 
growing Sunshine Coast region in 2010.

Expansion of our truck and bus operations also occurred in 
late 2010 with the addition of new franchises in New South 
Wales, Victoria and South Australia. Daimler Trucks Adelaide 
was added in 2011.

Eblen Motors was acquired in 2011 and Main North and Unley 
Nissan and Renault were added in 2013, complementing our 
existing operations in South Australia.

A new business, Precision Automotive Technology, was 
established in 2013 to source and distribute our own range of 
car care products.

In 2014, our Queensland operations expanded through the 
acquisition of Ian Boettcher Motors in Ipswich and the Craig 
Black Group at multiple locations in south-west and central 
Queensland. 

2016 saw further growth with the acquisition of Motors Group 
Tasmania and the Victorian businesses Silver Star Motors, 
Mercedes–Benz Ringwood and Waverley Toyota, representing 
12 car and truck brands.

Our presence in regional Queensland grew substantially in 
2016 with the acquisition of the Crampton Automotive and Tony 
Ireland Groups, taking us into new geographic territories in 
Toowoomba, Townsville and Hervey Bay. 

Our origins trace back to 1913 when Edward Eager and his son, 
Frederic, founded their family automotive business, E.G. Eager 
& Son Ltd, which continues today as a wholly-owned subsidiary 
of A.P. Eagers Limited.

Also in 2016, we launched our Carzoos retail stores at 
Westfield Garden City and North Lakes shopping centres, 
introducing an entirely new way for customers to buy and sell 
used cars.

After establishing the first motor vehicle assembly plant in 
Queensland in 1922, the business secured the distributorship 
of General Motors’ products in Queensland and northern New 
South Wales in 1930 and listed as a public company in 1957 
under the name Eagers Holdings Limited.

A merger in 1992 with the listed A.P. Group Limited saw the 
addition of a number of new franchises and our name change 
to A.P. Eagers Limited. Further new franchises and geographic 
diversification have since followed.

We completed the acquisition of Toowoomba Motor Group 
(Mitsubishi and Kia), Metro Nissan (Brisbane) and Southern 
Vales Nissan (Adelaide) in 2018.

A strategic holding in listed Automotive Group Holdings 
Limited (AHG) was acquired in 2012, providing exposure to the 
West Australian market. In 2019 this investment grew to full 
ownership of AHG, bringing direct ownership of significant 
operations in Perth, Newcastle/Hunter Valley, Sydney, 
Brisbane, Melbourne and Auckland, New Zealand.

FURTHER INFORMATION

Please visit www.apeagers.com.au for further information 
about A.P. Eagers Limited.

GROWTH

Since 2000, our sales revenue from continuing operations, 
which excludes operations during the period either divested 
or held for sale, has increased from $500 million to $5.8 
billion in 2019, and the number of employees has increased 
from 600 to 8,432. 

We expanded into the Northern Territory with the acquisition of 
Bridge Toyota in 2005.

Our operations in New South Wales grew with the acquisition 
of Bill Buckle Auto Group in Sydney’s northern beaches region 
including Brookvale in 2008. Northern Beaches Land Rover 
and Jaguar were added to our Bill Buckle operations in 2013.

2

THE NEXT 100:

Providing integrated mobility solutions 
for the next 100 years.

OPTIMISE

DEVELOP

GROW

ENGAGE OUR 
CUSTOMERS, 
EVERYWHERE

Online. At the airport. 
In shopping malls.  
In multi-brand 
service hubs.  
At home. At work.

Our flexible owned 
and leased property 
portfolio allows 
us to continue to 
evolve to fit our 
customers’ lifestyles, 
circumstances, wants 
and needs. 

REDEFINE OUR 
WORKFORCE 

Our workforce:  
re-defined and  
re-imagined,  
based on our 
customers’ journey.

This transformation 
is aimed at delivering 
an all new and vastly 
superior customer 
experience on a more 
sustainable and 
productive cost base. 

DELIVER OPTIMISED 
VEHICLE FINANCE 
SOLUTIONS

Capitalise on the 
unique position our 
industry occupies 
in the distribution 
of motor vehicles, 
with the aim of 
becoming the 
preferred provider 
of automotive and 
mobility finance 
solutions.

Deliver ultra-
competitive, highly 
tailored finance 
solutions sourced 
from our extensive 
funding relationships.

SUPPORT 
INNOVATION

REINVEST WITH 
DISCIPLINE

Support our partners 
to introduce ACE 
(autonomous, 
connected and 
electric) and 
other emerging 
product and service 
innovations.

Our partners cover 
circa 95% of the 
total market for new 
vehicles in Australia 
and are at the 
forefront of design, 
performance and 
innovation.

Disciplined use of 
shareholder funds 
combined with 
rigorous review of 
existing and new 
operations to support 
an unrelenting focus 
on long term wealth 
creation. 

Utilise balance sheet 
strength to capitalise 
on evolving and 
emerging market 
trends.

EXCEED STAKEHOLDER EXPECTATIONS
Customers. Employees. Partners. Shareholders. Community.

3

ANNUAL REPORT 2019COMMUNITY 
DRIVEN

What is the AP Eagers Foundation?
Our commitment to community support for over 100 years led 
to the establishment of the AP Eagers Foundation in 2013.

The Foundation is a non – profit organization committed 
to supporting our communities and worthwhile causes by 
engaging with our stakeholders and utilizing our growing scale 
to actively contribute in meaningful and sustainable ways.

2

4

1

VISION
To create a lasting 
spirit of giving 
within the AP 
Eagers network 
for those in need in 
our community.

MISSION
To engage the AP 
Eagers network 
to drive positive 
sustainable change 
in our community.

OBJECTIVES
•  To encourage and support initiatives of 
AP Eagers stakeholders that help drive 
positive change for those in need

•  To secure voluntary assistance through 
financial support, sponsorship, skills 
transfer and in-kind donations from AP 
Eagers businesses and stakeholders

•  To deliver 100% of donations 

to intended recipients

•  To operate with the highest 

standards of integrity

3

4

5

6

7

1. Adtrans Group (SA Cars Division) Annual Golf Day  2. Torque Toyota North Lakes for the Mater Hospital Foundation Smiddy Challenge 
- Bike Ride  3. Red Nose Day Appeal supported by John Andrew Mazda – Auckland New Zealand  4. Adtrans Trucks Division supporting 
the Castlemaine Rotary Club  5. Eagers Nissan Brisbane, supporting the Downey Park Netball Association – Windsor  6. Bridge Toyota 
Dealership Darwin - Junior Golf Clinic  7. This car was donated by the Zupps Group for raffling at the Mater Foundation 2019 Gala Ball

During 2019 we continued our 
long history of supporting local 
communities and charities through 
various fund raising activities 
conducted by both the AP Eagers 
Foundation and the AP Eagers 
dealerships in Northern Territory, 
Queensland, New South Wales, 
Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia, 
Western Australia and New Zealand.

Our support for these communities 
and charities exceeded $1,300,000 
in 2019. 

  NEW SOUTH WALES
Bear Cottage • Elouera Surf Club • 
Mental Wheel Tour • Kids Rehabilitation 
- Children’s Hospital Westmead • The 
Better Foundation • Convey for Kids • 
Camden Men’s Shed

  WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Heart Kids WA • Walk for a 
Reason Telethon • Ronald 
McDonald Annual Charity Ball 

  NORTHERN TERRITORY
Starlight Foundation • Variety - The 
Children’s Charity • Planet Arc National 
Schools Tree Planting Day • National 
Bushfire Disaster Appeal

  QUEENSLAND

St. Vincent de Paul Society • The City of 
Townsville Flood Disaster Appeal • North 
Western Queensland Rural Flood Disaster 
Appeal • The Breakfast Club Redcliffe. 
The Hummingbird Children’s Hospice. 
Meals on Wheels. Beyond Blue. Lifeline. 
Rural Aid • Dalby Hospital Palliative Care 
Room. Longreach Fire Brigade • PCYC 
Emerald. Lifeline Darling Downs • Smiling 
for Smiddy • Mater Hospital Foundation • 
Lions Youth Emergency Accommodation 
Centre • Royal Flying Doctor Service • 3rd 
Space • Traction Community • St. Johns 
Ambulance • Micah Projects • Planet 
Arc National Schools Tree Planting Day • 
Youth Opportunities Charity

  VICTORIA

Glen Allen School for children with 
disabilities • Planet Arc National Schools 
Tree Planting Day • Panthers Football 
Club for children with disabilities • Rotary 
Club of Castlemaine.

  TASMANIA 

St. Giles Society • Glenhaven Family Care. 
Camp Quality • Launceston City Mission 
• Kennerley Children’s Home • DIY Dads • 
Hobart City Mission • Inside Out For Kids.

  SOUTH AUSTRALIA

The Lotus Project • Autism SA • Living 
Without Limits • Youth Opportunities • 
Kick Start for Kids • Back Pack for Kids

  NEW ZEALAND

Cure Kids • Westpac Rescue  
Helicopter Trust •

5

ANNUAL REPORT 2019BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Timothy Boyd Crommelin BCom, FSIA, FSLE
Chairman of Board, Member of Audit, Risk & Remuneration Committee
Independent, non-executive Director since February 2011. 
Chairman of Morgans Holdings (Australia) Limited. Director 
of Senex Energy Ltd (2010 to present) and Australian Cancer 
Research Foundation. Member of University of Queensland 
Senate. Broad knowledge of corporate finance, risk 
management and acquisitions and over 40 years’ experience in 
the stockbroking and property industry.

Martin Andrew Ward BSc (Hons), FAICD
Managing Director, Chief Executive Officer
Joined the Company in July 2005. Appointed Chief Executive 
Officer in January 2006. Appointed Managing Director in 
March 2006. Motor vehicle dealer. Director of Australian 
Automotive Dealer Association Limited (2014 to present). 
Former Chief Executive Officer of Ford Motor Company’s 
Sydney Retail Joint Venture.

Nicholas George Politis BCom
Director
Non-executive Director since May 2000. Motor vehicle dealer. 
Executive Chairman of WFM Motors Pty Ltd, A.P. Eagers 
Limited’s largest shareholder. Vast automotive retail industry 
experience and Director of a substantial number of proprietary 
limited companies.

Daniel Thomas Ryan BEc, MBus, FAICD
Director
Non-executive Director since January 2010. Director and 
Chief Executive Officer of WFM Motors Pty Ltd, A.P. Eagers 
Limited’s largest shareholder. Director of a substantial 
number of proprietary limited companies. Significant 
management experience in automotive, transport, 
manufacturing and retail industries.

David Arthur Cowper BCom, FCA
Director, Chairman of Audit, Risk & Remuneration Committee
Independent, non-executive Director since July 2012. Chartered 
accountant, with more than 35 years in the profession. Former 
partner of Horwath Chartered Accountants and Deloitte Touche 
Tohmatsu. Former Chairman of Horwath’s motor industry 
specialisation unit for six years. Area of professional 
specialisation while at Horwath and Deloitte was in providing 
audit, financial and taxation services to public and large private 
companies in the motor industry.

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

Keith Thomas Thornton BEc
Chief Operating Officer – Cars
Commenced in July 2002. Licensed motor dealer. Responsible 
for all operational issues in Queensland and Northern Territory 
from June 2007 to 31 December 2016. Since January 2017, 
national responsibility for the group’s car operations. Significant 
retail and wholesale experience in volume, niche and prestige 
industry sectors. Prior industry experience with various 
manufacturers. Alternate Director of Australian Automotive 
Dealer Association Limited (2014 to present). 

6

Marcus John Birrell
Director, Member of Audit, Risk & Remuneration Committee

Non-executive Director since July 2016. Former Director of 
Australian Automotive Dealer Association Limited (2014 to 2017). 
Distinguished career in the automotive industry, including 38 
years at manufacturer, financier and retail level and 21 years as 
Executive Chairman of Birrell Motors Group.

Sophie Alexandra Moore BBus, CA, FFin
Director, Chief Financial Officer
Joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer in August 
2015. Appointed as a Director in March 2017 with continuing 
executive responsibility for accounting, taxation, internal 
audit and treasury functions. Previous senior finance roles 
with PricewaterhouseCoopers and Flight Centre Travel Group 
Limited. Admitted as a chartered accountant in 1997.

Greg James Duncan OAM, Bec, FCA
Director
Independent, non-executive Director since December 2019. 
Chairman of Cox Automotive Australia Board of Management 
(2016 to present). Director of advisory and investment firm JWT 
Bespoke Pty Ltd (2013 to present). Former owner and Executive 
Chairman of Trivett Automotive Group, Australia’s largest 
prestige automotive business. Former Director of Automotive 
Holdings Group Ltd (2015 to 2019).

David Scott Blackhall BCom, MBA, FAICD
Director
Independent, non-executive Director since December 2019. 
Over half a century of automotive industry experience with 
manufacturers, including at Managing Director level, as dealer 
principal and owner of various automotive franchises, and as Chief 
Executive of Australian Automotive Dealer Association (2016 to 
2019). Managing Director of corporate advisory firm Raglan Ridge 
Advisors. Former Director of Automotive Holdings Group Ltd (2019). 

Michelle Victoria Prater BBus, CPA, ACIS, AICD
Director
Non-executive Director since February 2020. Executive 
Chairman of APPL Group (2004 to present), a property 
development and investment group with an extensive automotive 
property portfolio including significant properties leased to AP 
Eagers dealerships. Former executive roles at corporate and 
operational levels with Automotive Holdings Group Ltd (1993 to 
2004) including as an executive Director (2002 to 2004).

Denis Gerard Stark LLB, BEc
General Counsel & Company Secretary
Commenced with the Company in January 2008. Responsible 
for overseeing the company secretarial, legal, insurance 
and investor relations functions and property portfolio 
administration. Previous company secretarial and senior 
executive experience with public companies. Admitted as a 
solicitor in Queensland in 1994 and Victoria in 1997.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors of A.P. Eagers Limited ABN 87 009 680 013 (the Company or AP Eagers) (ASX: APE) present their report together with 
the consolidated financial report of the Company and its controlled entities (the Group), for the year ended 31 December 2019 and the 
auditor’s report thereon.

DIRECTORS

The Directors of the Company at any time during or since the end of the year, and their qualifications, experience and special 
responsibilities, are detailed on page 6.

COMPANY SECRETARY

The Company Secretary and his qualifications and experience are detailed on page 6.

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

The number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of committees of Directors) and number of meetings attended by each Director 
during the year were:

Board Meetings

Audit, Risk &  
Remuneration Committee Meetings

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

10

9

10

10

9

9

10

1

1

-

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

1

1

-

4

-

-

-

4

4

-

-

-

-

4

-

-

-

4

4

-

-

-

-

T B Crommelin (1)

N G Politis 

M A Ward

D T Ryan

D A Cowper (1)

M J Birrell (1)

S A Moore

G J Duncan (2)

D S Blackhall (2)

M V Prater (3)

(1)  Audit, Risk & Remuneration Committee members

(2)  Appointed as a Director on 6 December 2019

(3)  Appointed as a Director on 3 February 2020

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

The Group’s principal activities during the year consisted of the selling of new and used motor vehicles, distribution and sale of parts, 
accessories and car care products, repair and servicing of vehicles, provision of extended warranties, facilitation of finance and leasing 
in respect of motor vehicles, and the ownership of property and investments. The products and services supplied by the Group were 
associated with, and integral to, the Group’s motor vehicle dealership operations. There were no significant changes in the nature of the 
Group’s activities during the year.

7

ANNUAL REPORT 2019FINANCIAL & OPERATIONAL REVIEW

AP Eagers today announced its results for the full year ended 31 December 2019 (FY19). On a continuing basis, the Company delivered 
Underlying Operating Profit Before Tax1 of $100.4 million, down 3.0% on the prior corresponding period (pcp). The results include the 
consolidation of Automotive Holdings Group Limited (AHG) from 19 August 2019, the date on which the Group’s ownership interest in 
AHG exceeded 50% following the offer being declared unconditional on 16 August 2019. APE achieved 100% ownership of AHG on 24 
October. AHG’s operations contributed $17.6 million to the consolidated underlying operating profit before tax1 for the four months 
ended 31 December 2019.

The trading result reflects challenging economic conditions including subdued consumer confidence, a tighter finance market and 
increasing competitive pressures. According to Federal Chamber of Automotive Industry statistics, Australia’s new motor vehicle sales 
in 2019 decreased by 7.8% on the pcp.

On a statutory basis (including discontinued operations), the Company recorded a Statutory Net Loss Before Tax from continuing 
operations of $63.3 million for 2019 compared to a Net Profit Before Tax of $128.4 million in 2018. The 2019 statutory result was 
impacted by significant items totalling $163.7 million before tax, predominately non-cash items (net of contributions from Kloster Motor 
Group divested October 2019). Statutory Net Loss After Tax (including discontinued operations) for 2019 was $129.1 million as compared 
to a profit of $97.5 million in 2018. Earnings per share (basic) for 2019 is a loss of 62.4 cents compared to a profit of 50.1 cents in the pcp.

KEY FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 

Year to December, from Continuing Operations

Statutory Results

Revenue

EBITDA

Statutory (Loss) / Profit Before Tax 

Statutory (Loss) / Profit After Tax 

Statutory EPS (loss) / profit (basic) cents 

Total Dividend per Share – cents 

Underlying Operating Results (1)

Revenue (1)

EBITDA (1)

Underlying Profit Before Tax (1)

Underlying Profit After Tax (1)

Earning per Share – cents (1)

Full Year to 
December 2019
$ Million

Restated 
Full Year to 
December 2018 (2)
$ Million

5,817.0

342.4

(63.3) 

(80.5) 

(39.4) 

36.5 

4,112.8

215.3

128.4 

97.5 

50.1 

36.5 

5,478.4 

3,689.3 

163.2 

100.4 

69.2

31.5 

142.1 

103.5 

71.4

36.5 

% Change

41.4%

(54.7%)

(149.3%)

(182.5%)

(178.6%)

-   

48.5%

14.9%

(3.0%)

(3.1%)

(13.8%)

The Company’s Underlying1 Operating Profit Before Tax from continuing operations reflects a decrease for both the car and truck 
retailing businesses for APE on a standalone basis. The underlying1 operational result is impacted by the widely reported challenges on 
new car sales within automotive retailing during 2019.

The drop in new vehicle sales across the market also impacted AP Eagers F&I division. Notwithstanding the market softness, the result 
from parts and service was solid and the result from used cars was strong, with profit increasing. AP Eagers also experienced a decline 
in underlying1 profit due to the strategic divestment of five properties, with the property segment impacted by loss of internal rent.

(1)   Underlying operating results refers to continuing operations, adjusted for significant items and including removal of Kloster Motor Group’s (KMG) contribution 

from 2019 and comparative financial information, outlined and reconciled to statutory results in the investor presentation on slides 35 (FY2019) and 36 
(comparative financial information) of the Investor Presentation. Underlying operating figures are non-financial measures and have not been subject to audit 
by the Company’s external auditors

(2)  Comparative financial information in the Full Year report and Appendix 4E commentary has been restated for the new lease accounting standard (AASB 16).

8

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUEDDividend

Strategic Developments

A fully franked final dividend of 22.5 cents per share (2018: 
22.5 cents) has been approved for payment on 20 April 2020 to 
shareholders who are registered on 1 April 2020 (Record Date). 
When combined with the interim dividend of 14.0 cents paid in 
October 2019, the total dividend based on 2019 earnings is 36.5 
cents per share (2018: 36.5 cents) fully franked. 

The Company’s dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) will not 
operate in relation to the final dividend.

Dividends paid to members during the year under review were 
as follows:

AP Eagers continues to focus on the creation of long term value 
for shareholders, underpinned by execution of its ‘NEXT 100’ 
strategy. During the period, the Company made substantial 
progress in a number of key areas including:

 > Entering into the advanced design phase of our world class 
automotive retailing and mobility hub at Brisbane Airport 
Auto Mall as well as our shopping centre plans.

 > Active management of APE’s property portfolio with a focus 
on flexibility – during the period AP Eagers executed the sale 
and leaseback of its Newstead properties and acquired a 
strategic site in Albion (QLD).

Year ended 31 December

Final ordinary dividend for the year 
ended 31 December 2018 of 22.5 
cents (2017: 22.5 cents) per share 
paid on 18 April 2019

Interim ordinary dividend of 14.0 
cents (2018: 14.0 cents) per share 
paid on 17 October 2019

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

 >

43,045

43,045

35,037

78,082

26,783

69,828

External Environment

According to Federal Chamber of Automotive Industry statistics, 
Australia’s new motor vehicle sales decreased by -7.8% in 
2019 as compared to 2018. The decline in new vehicles sales 
for the month of December 2019 on pcp represented the 21st 
consecutive monthly decline in new vehicle sales on pcp.

The challenging market conditions were reflected across the 
Australian industry, with every State recording a decline on 
pcp. The larger markets of Queensland, New South Wales and 
Victoria, recorded sales declines on the pcp of 7.2%, 8.4% and 
8.7% respectively. The remaining markets also recorded a 
decline on the pcp, with South Australia and Western Australia 
down 5.4%, Tasmania down 2.3%, Northern Territory down 
16.0% and Australian Capital Territory down 11.7%.

The decrease in new motor vehicles sales on pcp was 
experienced across all buyer types, with private sales down 
7.6%, business sales down 8.7%, government sales down 5.9% 
and rental sales down 4.5%. Luxury vehicle segment increased 
from 10.4% to 10.9% of total market share, finishing 3.8% down, 
with mixed performance across the brands. While the role of 
plug-in hybrid and electric vehicles grew 116%, it was from a 
very low base with traditional fuel vehicles accounting for 99% of 
all new vehicle sales.

Nationally, the Heavy Commercial segment contracted 8.3%, 
with decreases in light/medium duty trucks and heavy-duty 
sales of 6.9% and 11.1% respectively.

Transition to new financing model well underway with 
improvement in penetration evident (shortfall in new 
vehicle F&I volume related with total new car market down 
7.8% and used vehicle F&I still impacted by cyclical credit 
constraints). However, our progress continues to be slower 
than anticipated as the government-instigated regulatory 
intervention into the automotive retail finance model 
combined with tighter credit conditions following the banking 
royal commission creates headwinds to not only improved 
finance penetration but also vehicle sales in general.

 > Achieving $20.1 million in annualised pre-tax merger 

synergies by the end of period as the combined business 
aims to deliver a more sustainable and productive cost base.

 >

Significant progress achieved in growing volume, revenue 
and income in our scalable ‘fixed price’ used car models 
(EasyAuto123 and Zooper) with plans to simplify the brands 
and further integrate the Carlins auction business and 
franchised automotive in 2020.

 > AP Eagers remains committed to the divestment of the 

Refrigerated Logistics business as soon as commercially 
possible and at a reasonable price. The divestment process 
is progressing and AP Eagers anticipates being in a position 
to make an announcement in relation to the divestment in 
the near future.

Acquisition Accounting for AHG

A key part of accounting for the acquisition of AHG is measuring 
the fair value of the consideration and the fair value of the asset 
acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition, a 
process referred to as Purchase Price Allocation (PPA) process.

The fair value of acquisition consideration is measured based 
on (AHG’s) share price on the date APE achieved control, being 
19 August 2019, for accounting purposes. AHG’s share price on 
the date of the original offer was $1.78 per share (5 April 2019), 
increasing to $3.09 per share on acquisition date. This resulted 
in a significant uplift in the value of the offer for accounting 
purposes, $246 million above our initial offer value.

Based on the work undertaken by management and independent 
valuation experts, the fair value of the assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition resulted in a 
reduction in AHG’s tangible net asset value of $145 million. The 
reduction primarily adjusted the value of property, plant and 
equipment, and reduced the value of Refrigerated Logistics 
business and assets.

9

ANNUAL REPORT 2019The impact of the PPA process was that goodwill, being the fair 
value of the acquisition consideration in excess of the fair value 
of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets, was inflated by 
this technical accounting treatment.

The goodwill on acquisition of AHG combined with APE’s 
existing goodwill was assessed for impairment at 31 December, 
resulting in a $209.2 million impairment recorded against 
goodwill and $35.7 million against property plant and equipment 
in the Car Retailing and Trucks Retailing segments. A $34.8 
million impairment was recorded in discontinued operations, 
relating to the write-down of Refrigerated Logistics business to 
reflect market valuation at 31 December 2019.

Financial Performance

Statutory revenue from continuing operations increased by 
41.4% to $5,817.0 million. Underlying1 revenue increased by 
48.5% to $5,478.4 million. The increase is primarily driven by 
AHG’s contribution of $1,867.1 million. Excluding AHG and on a 
like-for-like basis, total underlying1 segment revenue decreased 
by 2.9% compared to the pcp, outperforming the national 
market. Strong trading in the Tasmanian car division was offset 
by the combined declines in Queensland, New South Wales and 
South Australia and the trucks division, with these markets 
impacted by tough trading conditions.

EBITDA from continuing operations decreased by 54.7% to 
$97.5 million in 2019 (2018: $215.3 million). Underlying1 EBITDA 
increased by 14.9% to $163.2 million in 2019 (2018: $142.1 
million). AHG contributed $41.5 million for the four months. 
Excluding AHG, underlying1 EBITDA decreased by $20.4 million 
compared to the pcp. Profit margins decreased as indicated by 
the underlying1 operating EBITDA/Revenue ratio of 3.0% (2018: 
3.9%), with a comparable reduction in underlying1 operating 
NPBT/Sales ratio of 1.8% (2018: 2.8%). The reduction in margins 
was impacted by missed KPIs on new automotive vehicle sales 
and margin compression, both due to challenging trading 
conditions and clearance of aged stock in AHG operations.

Statutory borrowing costs from continuing operations increased 
by 60.9% to $65.6m. Underlying1 borrowing costs increased by 
69.4% to $63.0 million for 2019 (2018: $37.2 million). The increase 
is predominately from AHG contribution of $24.3 million, which 
was driven by the impact of the new lease standard which has 
a greater impact on AHG compared to APE. Excluding AHG, 
underlying1 borrowing costs increased $1.5 million (+4.0%) due 
to the accelerated expensing of capitalised borrowing costs 
upon refinancing APE’s syndicated debt facility to incorporate 
AHG’s senior debt under a single merged facility. The refinance 
was completed in December 2019, realising a lower cost finance 
package under the merged facility.

Statutory depreciation and amortisation charges from 
continuing operations increased by 106.4% to $95.2 million 
for 2019 (2018: $46.1 million). Underlying1 depreciation and 
amortisation charges increased by 117.4% to $93.7 million for 
2019 (2018: $37.2 million). The increase is from AHG contributing 
$50.7 million, impacted by the new lease standard which has 
a greater impact on AHG compared to APE. Excluding AHG, 
underlying1 depreciation and amortisation charges decreased 
$0.2 million (-0.4%), reflecting the divestment of non-core 
properties/businesses in 2019.

Statutory loss before tax for 2019 was impacted by 
impairment charges, merger and integration costs, employee 
underpayment and restructuring costs, the new lease 
standard and the AHG Board not declaring a dividend for the 
six months to 31 December 2018, compared to dividend income 
of $13.9 million in the pcp. The impact was partially offset by 
AP Eagers equity accounting its investment in AHG from 1 May 
2019 and consolidating from 19 August 2019, the extraordinary 
non-cash gain on reclassification of the investment in AHG 
from equity to consolidation and the non-cash release of the 
contingent consideration.

Segments 2

The Car Retail segment recorded a statutory loss before tax 
from continuing operations of $114.1 million compared to a profit 
of $91.0 million in 2018. Underlying1 Operating Profit before 
tax was $93.7 million (excluding one-off items totalling $207.8 
million), an increase compared to $85.4 million in 2018. The 
increase is from AHG contributing $22.1 million underlying1 
operating profit, with APE down $13.8 million (-16%) on pcp on a 
standalone basis.

AP Eagers standalone underlying1 operational profit from 
continuing business was lower across all regions except 
for Tasmania. The decline is due to the effect of a lower new 
vehicle market leading to reduced sales volumes generating 
lower gross KPI income and associated F&I income, partially 
mitigated by APE’s cost reduction strategies. The combined car 
parts and service businesses continue to excel – flat on record 
pcp performance in the context of declining new car sales. 
The reduction in new car market also lead to a corresponding 
increase in used car performance as new car buyers switched 
to used and the supply / demand equation was rebalanced with a 
corresponding lift in income.

AHG’s four month trading performance declined across all 
regions on pcp, with QLD and VIC significantly underperforming. 
EasyAuto123 and AMCAP recorded an improvement on pcp, with 
EasyAuto123 in particular making material progress towards 
break-even. It is expected that EasyAuto123 will be in consistent 
profit by the first half of 2020.

1 

 Underlying operating results refers to continuing operations, adjusted for significant items and including removal of Kloster Motor Group’s (KMG) 
contribution from 2019 and comparative financial information, outlined and reconciled to statutory results in the investor presentation on slides 35 
(FY2019) and 36 (comparative financial information) of the Investor Presentation. Underlying operating figures are non-financial measures and have not 
been subject to audit by the Company’s external auditors 

2 

 Note: changes in fair value of property and investments are recognised as profit and loss adjustments for segment reporting purposes but are not 
recorded in the Group’s Statutory Net Profit After Tax.

10

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUEDCar Retailing statutory revenue from continuing operations 
increased by 42.3% to $5,225.0 million. Underlying1 revenue 
from Car Retailing continuing operations increased by 50.5% to 
$4,885.6 million. The increase is from AHG contributing $1,674.9 
million. Excluding AHG and on a like-for-like basis, underlying1 
revenue decreased by 1.1% compared to the pcp, with the 
decrease primarily attributable to declines in the Queensland, 
New South Wales and South Australia markets. The Company’s 
parts and service businesses continued to deliver strong trading 
results, with new car sales impacted by the decline in national 
new vehicle sales.

The National Truck division delivered a loss before tax from 
continuing operations of $9.9 million compared to $10.4 million 
profit for the pcp. Underlying1 Operating Profit before tax was 
$7.8m (excluding impairment totalling $11.6 million), a decrease 
of $3.1 million, reflecting softer trading conditions and a $1.3 
million profit contribution from AHG, with APE down $4.4 million 
on pcp on a standalone basis. 

The value of the property portfolio decreased to $267 million 
at 31 December 2019 compared with $332 million as at 31 
December 2018. The sale of four properties at Newstead, QLD 
during 2019 is a key step in the execution of AP Eagers’ ‘Next100’ 
future growth strategy, aligning with our move to the Brisbane 
Auto Mall. The Company also divested a vacant property in 
Victoria and purchased a property in the inner city suburb of 
Albion, QLD to use as multi-franchise service centre as part of 
our ‘Next100’ strategy. Finally, the Company redeveloped the 
Southside Toyota showroom (QLD) and Buckles Toyota and VW 
shared service centre (NSW).

The Property segment profit contribution of $23.3 million before 
tax for 2019 was lower than the pcp of $28.0 million. Gains on 
sale and revaluation of properties were $14.5 million, down $2.8 
million on the pcp. Underlying1 Operating Profit Before Tax was 
$8.9m (excluding gains on sale), down $1.9m on the pcp driven 
by reduction on internal rental income from properties divested.

The Investment segment registered a profit before tax of 
$139.6 million for 2019 compared to a loss of $171.1 million for 
the pcp. The movement was due to an unrealised revaluation 
gain on the AHG investment of $145.4 million. This reflected 
an AHG closing share price of $2.40 per share on the date 
the Company equity accounted its investment compared with 
$1.56 as at 31 December 2018 with the gain taken to reserves, 
plus an additional revaluation gain on the date the Company 
consolidated our investment in AHG reflecting a share price of 
$3.08 on 19 August 2019 taken to the income statement.

Financial Position

The Company’s financial position remains strong, with a 
substantial property portfolio and asset base underpinning the 
Company’s financial position.

Corporate debt (Term and Capital Loan Facility) net of cash on 
hand increased to $315.8 million as at 31 December 2019, up 
from $295.1 million at 31 December 2018. The increase was 
due to refinancing AHG’s debt under APE’s debt facility, offset 
by the repayment of APE’s existing debt utilising the proceeds 
from asset sales. Total debt including vehicle bailment and lease 
liabilities, net of cash on hand, is $2,790.3 million as compared 
to $1,137.4 million as at 31 December 2018. The increase is due 
to the floorplan and lease liabilities of $1,713.5 million relating to 
AHG businesses.

Total inventory levels increased to $1,462.7 million at 31 
December 2019, up from $690.2 million at 31 December 2018. 
The increase is from AHG businesses contributing inventories 
of $880.5 million. APE inventory was down on pcp, due to stock 
management and divestment of KMG.

Net tangible assets were $1.02 per share as at 31 December 
2019, as compared to $1.99 per share as at 30 June 2019 and 
$1.68 per share at 31 December 2018, due to the dilutionary 
effect of the share issuance for the acquisition of AHG and the 
associated goodwill recognised, and divestment of property and 
KMG’s business and assets.

The Company maintained a strong cash position with net cash 
provided by operating activities increasing by $56.7 million 
to $170.8 million in the twelve months to December 2019 
(2018: $114.2 million). In addition to the strong cash flow from 
operations, the increase was driven by five key items totalling 
$64.9 million. Firstly, the contribution from AHG operating cash 
inflows of $50.1 million. Secondly, tax payments decreased by 
$4.0 million to $36.9 million in 2019, primarily driven by a large 
balancing tax payment made in the first half of 2018 which arose 
from a lower tax instalment rate in 2017. Thirdly, in 2019, the 
Company utilised a used vehicle floorplan facility, which had a 
favourable impact on operating cashflows. These favourable 
movements were offset with the unfavourable impact of no AHG 
dividend received (June 2018: $13.9 million), combined with a 
decrease in insurance payments received of $10.8 million to $5.3 
million in 2019 and the payment of $23.0 million of merger and 
integration costs.

1 

 Underlying operating results refers to continuing operations, adjusted for significant items and including removal of Kloster Motor Group’s (KMG) 
contribution from 2019 and comparative financial information, outlined and reconciled to statutory results in the investor presentation on slides 35 
(FY2019) and 36 (comparative financial information) of the Investor Presentation. Underlying operating figures are non-financial measures and have not 
been subject to audit by the Company’s external auditors 

11

ANNUAL REPORT 2019The balance sheet reflects a net current liability position of 
$140.7 million, impacted by three key items:

 >

 >

 >

Firstly, the application of the new lease standard resulted in 
the recognition of a $171.7 million current lease liability as 
at 31 December 2019, reflecting property rental charges for 
the next 12 months. AHG’s represents $126.0 million of the 
lease liability. This commitment was previously recorded off 
balance sheet under the previous accounting standard. 

Secondly, the sale of property and KMG business and 
current assets resulted in a current tax liability, with the 
proceeds used to pay down non-current term debt instead of 
retained in cash. 

Thirdly, the identification of AP Eager’s and AHG staff 
underpayment impacted current liabilities, with the Group 
recording a provisional estimate at 31 December 2019 for 
underpayments from a six-year period. 

Removing the impact of these items results in a net current 
asset position for the Group. The group expects to continue to 
generate significant cash inflows from operating to fund its 
obligations and also has available debt capacity.

New Lease Standard

The Company’s financial position remains strong. The 
application of the new lease standard (AASB 16), effective 
from 1 January 2019, has resulted in significant changes to 
the Company’s corporate debt and liquidity ratios, driven by 
the first-time recognition of lease liabilities, and rent expense 
on long term leases now being recognised as interest and 
depreciation charges. The new standard does not impact 
underlying shareholder value, cash flows, or the Company’s 
bank covenants.

At 1 January 2019, AP Eager’s elected to adopt the full 
retrospective method to account for the leases for the Company, 
meaning the lease liability was discounted to the present value 
of the lease at lease inception date with the movement since that 
date to 1 January 2019 taken to the retained earnings. APE’s 
lease liability and right of use asset at 31 December 2019 is 
$270.5 million and $193.2 million respectively, with PBT reduced 
by $1.0 million in 2019 as a result of the new standard.

AHG’s relative contribution to the impact of AASB 16 on the 
Group is significant given the relative size and tenor of their 
external leased property portfolio compared to AP Eagers’. In 
addition, AP Eagers does not receive the benefit of applying the 
full retrospective approach to the initial application of AASB 
16. For the AHG leases acquired by AP Eagers as part of the 
merger, the lease liability is determined on the basis that the 
lease was executed on the business acquisition date, 19 August 
2019. This has resulted in a recognition of a lease liability and 
right of use asset at 31 December 2019 relating to AHG is $922.1 
million and $819.9 million respectively, with PBT reduced by 
$10.6 million for the four months ended 31 December 2019 as a 
result of the new standard.

For continuing operations, the total impact of the new standard 
on the 31 December 2019 consolidated financial report is the 
recognition of a $1,192.6 million lease liability, a $1,013.1 million 
right of use asset and a deferred tax asset $54.0 million, with 
PBT reduced by $11.4 million in 2019.

Outlook 

Following the merger with AHG, AP Eagers has the scale and 
competitive advantage to withstand the challenging external 
conditions and benefit from the accelerating industry transition. 

The underlying core automotive result for January 2020 
demonstrated strong profit growth on the prior corresponding 
period, representing a good start to the year for the combined 
group, particularly in the context of a 12.5% decline in the 
national new vehicle market for the same month.

In the near term, AP Eagers is focused on delivering improved 
operational performance through:

 > Ongoing integration of AHG including realisation of its 

targeted $30m in synergies ($24.2m achieved);

 > Divestment of non-core assets to improve the statutory 

result; and 

 > Effectively managing the exit of Holden / GM from the 

Australian market.

In the short to medium term, the Group is focused on driving 
EPS growth by prioritising the following initiatives:

 >

Scaling our fixed price used car business;

 > Unlocking value in its property including transitioning to the 
Brisbane Airport Auto Mall to support enhanced customer 
experience on a lower cost base; 

 >

Increasing F&I penetration rates toward levels present in US 
and UK markets; and

 > Restructuring, rationalisation and consolidation 

opportunities.

Note:  All national sales figures are based on Federal Chamber of  

Automotive Industry statistics sourced through VFACTS.

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS

In the Directors’ opinion there was no significant change in the 
state of affairs of the Group during the financial year that is not 
disclosed in this report or the consolidated financial report.

MATTERS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF THE  
FINANCIAL YEAR

The Directors are not aware of any matter or circumstance not 
dealt with in this report or the consolidated financial report 
that has arisen since the end of the year under review and has 
significantly affected or may significantly affect the Group’s 
operations, the results of those operations or the state of affairs 
of the Group in future financial years.

12

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUEDENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

The Group’s property development and service centre operations are subject to various environmental regulations. Environmental 
licences are held for particular underground petroleum storage tanks.

Planning approvals are required for property developments undertaken by the Group in relevant circumstances. Authorities are 
provided with appropriate details and to the Directors’ knowledge developments during the year were undertaken in compliance with 
planning requirements in all material respects.

Management works with regulatory authorities, where appropriate, to assist compliance with regulatory requirements. There were no 
material adverse environmental issues during the year to the Directors’ knowledge.

REMUNERATION REPORT

1.  Principles Used to Determine Remuneration

The board as a whole is responsible for recommending and reviewing the remuneration arrangements of non-executive Directors, 
whilst the board (excluding executive Directors) reviews the performance of the Chief Executive Officer on a continual basis and 
ensures the reward framework is appropriate. To assist the board, the Audit, Risk & Remuneration Committee reviews and makes 
recommendations regarding these remuneration arrangements.

The Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the Chairman reviews the performance of the Group’s senior executives on an ongoing 
basis and ensures the appropriateness of their reward framework.

Remuneration packages are intended to properly reflect the individual’s duties and responsibilities, be competitive in attracting, 
retaining and motivating staff of the highest quality and be aligned to shareholder interests.

The remuneration framework for executives has been developed to provide, where appropriate, a high proportion of “at risk” 
remuneration. This is designed to reflect competitive reward for contribution to growth in Group profits and shareholder wealth.

In considering the impact of the Group’s performance on shareholder wealth, the Directors have regard to various factors including the 
following metrics:

Statutory NPAT ($ million)

Statutory Earnings per share - basic (c)

Dividend per share (c)

Share Price at year end ($)

2019

(129.1)

(62.4)

36.5

10.24

RESTATED
2018

97.5

50.1

36.5

6.00

2017

98.2

50.3

36.0

7.97

2016

105.5

55.4

35

9.22

2015

87.0

47.6

32

12.70

2.  Non-executive Directors’ Remuneration Framework

Non-executive Directors are remunerated for their services by way of fees and superannuation from the maximum amount approved for 
that purpose by shareholders in general meeting, currently $750,000 per annum, which was fixed at the annual general meeting in 2015.

The following fees plus superannuation were paid to non-executive Directors for the year under review:

Chairman of Board

$100,000 per annum

Chairman of Audit, Risk & Remuneration Committee

$100,000 per annum

Non-executive Directors

$85,000 per annum

The board, with the assistance of the Audit, Risk & Remuneration Committee, annually reviews non-executive Director fees, taking into 
account relevant market conditions.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in schemes designed for the remuneration of executives, equity schemes or retirement 
allowance programmes, nor do they receive performance-based bonuses.

13

ANNUAL REPORT 20193.  Executives’ Remuneration Framework

(a)  Base Pay

Each executive is offered a competitive base pay to reflect the 
market for a comparable role. Base pay is reviewed annually and 
on promotion to ensure it remains competitive with the market. 
It may be delivered as a combination of cash and superannuation 
that the executive elects to salary sacrifice.

(b)  Benefits

Executives receive benefits including the provision of fully 
maintained motor vehicles, personal health and fitness 
programs and, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, 
personal insurance. Retirement benefits are delivered under 
superannuation funds providing accumulation benefits. No lump 
sum defined benefits are provided.

(c)  Short-term Performance Incentives

(i) 

Incentive / Bonus

Non-commission based executives are eligible to receive 
short-term incentive payments of up to 30% of base salary in 
accordance with contractual arrangements. This is not available 
to non-executive Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, nor 
is it available to the Chief Operating Officer – Cars (as his 
remuneration is commission based). 

All short-term incentive payments and bonuses are determined 
by the Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the Chairman 
on a discretionary basis after considering individual and 
Company achievements and performances.

(ii)  Commission Structure

A commission incentive is included in the remuneration for 
the Chief Operating Officer - Cars. The commission is set at a 
percentage of net profit before tax of relevant business units and 
is therefore based on measurable business performance and 
designed to improve shareholder value.

(d)   Executive Incentive Plan (EIP) – Long-term and Short-

term Incentive

The EIP was approved by shareholders at the annual general 
meeting in 2013. It is intended as both a long-term and short-
term incentive for key management personnel, focussing on 
corporate performance and the creation of shareholder value 
over multi-year periods. The EIP is available to executives only. It 
is not available to non-executive Directors.

Through the EIP, executives are driven to improve the Company’s 
performance and shareholder return. This is accomplished 
through the grant of performance rights and options which 
reward the achievement of pre-determined Group performance 
hurdles and allow executives to share in the Company’s growth.

A performance right is a right to be given a fully paid ordinary 
share in the Company at a nil exercise price upon the 
achievement of performance hurdles.

An option is a right to be given a fully paid ordinary share upon 
payment of an exercise price and achievement of performance 
hurdles. The exercise price is the market share price on or 
about the grant date or when the executive agreed in principle to 
participate in the plan.

The performance rights and options are divided into separate 
tranches for each annual performance period. Each tranche of 
options may be further divided into sub-tranches. The tranches 
and sub-tranches are tested against the performance hurdles 
for the relevant performance period.

(i)  Performance Hurdles

Pre-determined performance hurdles for the relevant 
performance period must be achieved or waived for performance 
rights and options to vest. Performance hurdles include:

 >

 >

 >

the Company must meet the applicable EPS hurdle (as 
described below).

the Company must meet any prescribed interest cover ratio, 
being at least 2.5 times.

the executive must remain permanently employed by 
the Group for the performance period. This is the only 
performance hurdle for the rights granted to the Chief 
Financial Officer in February 2020 as a retention incentive.

All performance hurdles for a performance period must be 
met for the relevant rights and options to vest. The board does, 
however, retain discretion to waive hurdles in exceptional 
circumstances where it is believed to be in the Company’s best 
interests to do so.

(ii)  EPS Hurdles

A separate EPS performance hurdle applies for each tranche or 
sub-tranche of performance rights and options, except as noted 
in this report. These EPS hurdles are pre-determined using a 
base-line EPS when the participant agreed to join the plan.

The Company must achieve a minimum of 7% annual 
compound growth in diluted EPS above the base-line before 
any performance rights or options will vest for the performance 
period, with 10% annual compound growth required for all 
performance rights and options to vest for the period.

As these “at risk” earnings are demonstrably linked to the 
creation of shareholder value, it is considered that if an EPS 
hurdle is not achieved at the end of a 12 month performance 
period, re-testing would be appropriate to allow for market 
reaction to the Company’s longer term strategic initiatives. 
In these circumstances, re-testing would take place 12 
months later. If the EPS hurdle is not achieved on the re-
test, it may be re-tested a second time a further 12 months 
later. However, there cannot be more than two re-tests. 
Performance rights and options immediately lapse if they do 
not vest on the second re-test.

14

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED(iii)  CEO’s Participation in EIP

At the Company’s annual general meeting in 2014, shareholders 
approved the Chief Executive Officer, Mr Ward, participating in 
the EIP for the five years from 2015 to 2019. With 96.6% of proxy 
votes in favour or at the Chairman’s discretion, shareholders 
approved the following:

 > Mr Ward’s performance hurdles are measured over the five 

year period 2015 to 2019.

 > Before any of Mr Ward’s performance rights or options will 
vest for an individual year, the Company must achieve at 
least 7% annual compound growth in diluted EPS above the 
base-line EPS. The base-line was set at the diluted EPS for 
2013. This base-line was used in order to give shareholders 
visibility of the base-line before they approved Mr Ward’s 
rights and options at the annual general meeting in 2014.

 >

 >

For 100% of Mr Ward’s performance rights and options to 
vest for the five years, the Company must achieve at least 
10% annual compound growth in diluted EPS above the 
base-line.

The board retains discretion to waive hurdles in exceptional 
circumstances where it is believed to be in the Company’s 
best interests to do so.

The cost to the Company of Mr Ward’s participation in the EIP is 
determined as follows:

 >

 >

 There has been no increase to the average annual cost to the 
Company of Mr Ward’s participation in the EIP since 2010.

If 100% of the performance rights and options are to vest 
over the five year period 2015 to 2019 (requiring at least 10% 
annual compound growth in diluted EPS for five years), the 
recognised cost of the plan will average $850,000 per annum 
being the fair value at grant date. However, accounting 
standards require that the cost be recognised based on the 
progressive recognition of each share option grant over its 
expected vesting period, as shown in the remuneration table 
on page 19, which results in a higher overall cost of the EIP 
in the earlier years and a lower cost in later years. On the 
assumption that all performance hurdles will be achieved 
over the five year period, the total cost recognised in each 
year will be as shown in the following graphs.

 >

If no performance hurdles at all were to be achieved 
over the five year period, then no performance rights or 
options would vest and the plan would cost the Company 
zero dollars.

 > By way of comparison, if only 50% of the performance rights 
and options by value were to vest each year over the five year 
period (requiring 7% annual compound growth in diluted 
EPS for five years), the cost of the plan would be on average 
$425,000 per annum for 5 years.

Accounting accrual
Accounting accrual

6
3
2

2
2
1
,
1

8
4
9

4
0
9

4
8
8

5
5
1

s
’
0
0
0
$

1500

1200

900

600

300

0

Average annual cost
Average annual cost

0
5
8

0
5
8

0
5
8

0
5
8

0
5
8

1500

1200

s
’
0
0
0
$

900

600

300

0

0

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Accounting accrual cost of CEO’s participation in  
EIP – progressive recognition based, assuming all 
performance hurdles are achieved.

Average annual cost of CEO’s participation in EIP,  
assuming all performance hurdles are achieved.

15

ANNUAL REPORT 2019(iv)  Grants to Key Management Personnel

The following tables show details of current grants of performance rights and options over unissued ordinary shares, which were 
granted to key management personnel in or before the year under review. No rights or options were granted to, lapsed or were 
exercised by, key management personnel during or after the year under review, except as shown below.

Chief Executive Officer

Tranche 
No.

Grant Date

No. 
granted

No. 
lapsed

No. 
exercised (1)

Fair 
value

No. 
granted

No. 
lapsed

No. 
exercised (2)

Fair 
value

End of 1st 
performance 
period

Performance Rights

Options

1

2

3

4 Jul 2014

83,661

-

83,661

$5.08 467,032

4 Jul 2014

87,268

4 Jul 2014

91,006

-

-

87,268

$4.87 452,127

91,006

$4.67 447,368

-

-

-

$0.91 31 Dec 2015

50,000
exercised
in 2016

-

-

$0.94 31 Dec 2016

$0.95 31 Dec 2017

4

4 Jul 2014

94,866

-

94,866

$4.48 420,792

-

-

$1.01 31 Dec 2018

5

4 Jul 2014

99,067

-

99,067

$4.29 416,666

-

-

$1.02 31 Dec 2019

Status

Vested without 
re-testing

Vested without 
re-testing

All Performance 
Rights and 1/3 of 
Options vested 
without re-testing. 
2/3 of Options vested 
on 27 February 2020

All Performance 
Rights and 1/3 of 
Options vested 
without re-testing. 
2/3 of Options vested 
on 27 February 2020

Vested without 
re-testing

(1)   Performance rights are automatically exercised upon vesting. 94,866 rights that were granted for 2018 were exercised during the year under review and these 

were valued at $660,267 on the day of exercise.

(2)   No options were exercised during the year under review.

16

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 
Chief Operating Officer - Cars

Tranche 
No.

Grant Date

No. 
granted

No. 
lapsed

No. 
exercised (1)

Fair 
value

No. 
granted

No. 
lapsed

No. 
exercised (2)

Fair 
value

End of 1st 
performance 
period

Performance Rights

Options

1

2

3

4 Jul 2014

19,685

4 Jul 2014

20,533

4 Jul 2014

21,413

-

-

-

19,685

$5.08

109,890

20,533

$4.87

106,382

21,413

$4.67

105,263

-

-

-

-

-

-

$0.91 31 Dec 2015

$0.94 31 Dec 2016

$0.95 31 Dec 2017

4

4 Jul 2014

22,321

-

22,321

$4.48

99,009

-

-

$1.01 31 Dec 2018

5

4 Jul 2014

23,310

-

23,310

$4.29

98,039

-

-

$1.02 31 Dec 2019

Status

Vested without 
re-testing

Vested without 
re-testing

All Performance 
Rights and 1/3 of 
Options vested 
without re-testing. 
2/3 of Options vested 
on 27 February 2020

All Performance 
Rights and 1/3 of 
Options vested 
without re-testing. 
2/3 of Options vested 
on 27 February 2020

Vested without 
re-testing

(1)   Performance rights are automatically exercised upon vesting. 22,321 rights that were granted for 2018 were exercised during the year under review and these 

were valued at $155,354 on the day of exercise.

(2)  No options were exercised during the year under review.

General Counsel & Company Secretary

Tranche 
No.

Grant Date

No. 
granted

No. 
lapsed

No. 
exercised (1)

Fair 
value

No. 
granted

No. 
lapsed

No. 
exercised

Fair 
value

End of 1st 
performance 
period

Performance Rights

Options

1

2

3

4 Jul 2014

2,460

4 Jul 2014

2,566

4 Jul 2014

2,676

-

-

-

2,460

$5.08

13,736

2,566

$4.87

13,297

2,676

$4.67

13,157

-

-

-

-

-

-

$0.91 31 Dec 2015

$0.94 31 Dec 2016

$0.95 31 Dec 2017

4

4 Jul 2014

2,790

-

2,790

$4.48

12,376

-

-

$1.01 31 Dec 2018

5

4 Jul 2014

2,913

-

2,913

$4.29

12,254

-

-

$1.02 31 Dec 2019

Status

Vested without 
re-testing

Vested without 
re-testing

All Performance 
Rights and 1/3 of 
Options vested 
without re-testing. 
2/3 of Options vested 
on 27 February 2020

All Performance 
Rights and 1/3 of 
Options vested 
without re-testing. 
2/3 of Options vested 
on 27 February 2020

Vested without 
re-testing

(1)   Performance rights are automatically exercised upon vesting. 2,790 rights that were granted for 2018 were exercised during the year under review and these 

were valued at $19,418 on the day of exercise.

(*)   25,000 of 130,560 options granted to the General Counsel & Company Secretary on 27 March 2013 were exercised during the year under review at an exercise 
price of $5.0375 and these were valued at $222,813 on the day of exercise. As previously reported, these options fully vested without re-testing at the end of 
their initial performance periods, the last of which ended on 31 December 2017.

17

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
Chief Financial Officer

Tranche 
No.

Grant Date

No. 
granted

No. 
lapsed

No. 
exercised (1)

Fair 
value

No. 
granted

No. 
lapsed

No. 
exercised (2)

Fair 
value

End of 1st 
performance 
period

Performance Rights

Options

1

2

3

12 Jun 2015

2,227

12 Jun 2015

4,624

12 Jun 2015

4,796

-

-

-

2,227

$8.98

14,084

4,624

$8.65

27,027

4,796

$8.34

26,143

-

-

-

-

-

-

$1.42 31 Dec 2015

$1.48 31 Dec 2016

$1.53 31 Dec 2017

4

12 Jun 2015

4,975

-

4,975

$8.04

25,316

-

-

$1.58 31 Dec 2018

Status

Vested without 
re-testing

Vested without 
re-testing

All Performance 
Rights and 1/3 of 
Options vested 
without re-testing. 
2/3 of Options vested 
on 27 February 2020

All Performance 
Rights and 1/3 of 
Options vested 
without re-testing. 
2/3 of Options vested 
on 27 February 2020

5

6

7

8

12 Jun 2015

5,167

17 Feb 2020 30,000(3)

17 Feb 2020 35,000(3)

17 Feb 2020 35,000(3)

-

-

-

-

5,167

$7.74

25,000

-

-

-

$9.00

$9.00

$9.00

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

$1.60 31 Dec 2019

Vested without 
re-testing

- 31 Dec 2019

Vested

- 31 Dec 2020

Unvested

- 31 Dec 2021

Unvested

(1)   Performance rights are automatically exercised upon vesting. 4,975 rights that were granted for 2018 were exercised during the year under review and these 

were valued at $34,626 on the day of exercise.

(2)  No options were exercised during the year under review.

(3)  These rights will convert to ordinary shares in March 2020 and remain subject to a trading restriction for five years and one month.

Further details of the performance rights and options granted under the EIP are specified in notes 38 and 39 to the consolidated 
financial report.

4.  Hedging

The board has adopted a policy which prohibits any Director or employee who participates in an equity plan from using derivatives, 
hedging or similar arrangements to reduce or eliminate the risk associated with the plan in relation to unvested securities or securities 
that are subject to trading restrictions, without the Chairman’s approval. Any breach will result in forfeiture or lapsing of the unvested 
securities or additional performance hurdles or trading restrictions being imposed, at the board’s discretion.

5.  Executive Employment Agreements

Executives who are key management personnel are employed under common employment agreements. The agreements do not have 
a finite term, can be terminated by either employer or employee giving three to six months’ notice and do not contain any termination 
payment arrangements. The board has discretion to extend the termination notice period that may be given to an executive and to make 
payments upon termination, as appropriate.

The Chief Executive Officer’s employment agreement differs from that of other executives as follows:

a) 

 The Company may terminate the Chief Executive Officer’s employment if he is unable to satisfactorily perform his duties due to 
illness, injury or accident for a period of six months or for cause. Termination for any other reason may entitle the Chief Executive 
Officer to a termination benefit equivalent to two times annual remuneration at the time of termination, subject to any limit imposed 
by law.

b) 

 The Chief Executive Officer may terminate his employment agreement on six months’ notice unless otherwise agreed with the Company.

18

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 
6.  Details of Remuneration

Key management personnel include Directors and executives who have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group. Remuneration details of key management personnel are set out in the following tables.

Short-term benefits

Salary & fees
$

Bonus &
commission
$

Non-monetary & 
other benefits (1)
$

Post-
employment 
benefits

Super- 
annuation  
benefits
$

Share-based 
payments

Performance 
Rights & Options 
(2) (3)

$

Performance 
-related 
percentage
%

Total
$

100,000 

1,210,000 

85,000 

85,000 

100,000 

85,000 

6,055 

6,055 

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

628 

9,500 

-   

110,128 

140,548 

25,000 

849,986 

2,225,534 

628 

628 

628 

628 

52 

52 

-   

8,075 

8,075 

9,500 

8,075 

575 

575 

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

93,703 

93,703 

110,128 

93,703 

6,682 

6,682 

-   

-   

38 

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

500,001 

2,177,111 

150,000 

150,000 

51,892 

195,684 

20,767 

90,142 

385,062

1,107,722 

48 

1,235,048

3,847,985 

250,005 

938,710(4) 

82,068 

20,767 

199,997 

1,491,546 

76 

335,547 

355,000(4) 

585,551 

1,293,710 

36,014 

118,082 

19,319 

40,086 

25,000 

770,879 

49 

224,996 

2,262,426 

2019

Directors

T B Crommelin   
Chairman

M A Ward   
Managing Director & CEO

N G Politis   
Non-executive Director

D T Ryan   
Non-executive Director

D A Cowper   
Non-executive Director

M J Birrell   
Non-executive Director

G J Duncan (5) 
Non-executive Director

D S Blackhall (5)  
Non-executive Director

M V Prater (6)  
Non-executive Director

S A Moore   
Executive Director & CFO

Executives

K T Thornton  
Chief Operating Officer – Cars

D G Stark  
General Counsel &  
Company Secretary

(1)  Includes benefits such as the provision of motor vehicles, insurance policy costs and the movement in the provision for the individual’s employee entitlements. 

(2)   Performance rights and options granted under the EIP are valued using market prices, and where these are not available, the binomial tree methodology. A 
pre-determined value of the portion of the rights and options attributable to the year under review has been expensed in the income statement in conformity 
with AASB 2 and reflected in each recipient’s remuneration. In each year, performance rights and options vested under the EIP for the previous year. Vesting is 
subject to the achievement of performance hurdles as previously detailed in this Remuneration Report.

(3)   The share-based payment is based on progressive recognition of each award grant over its expected vesting period, which results in an increased cost in the 
earlier years of the EIP and a reduced cost in later years on the assumption that all performance hurdles will be achieved over the five year period. For further 
details, refer to commentary on page 15 under the heading “CEO’s Participation in EIP” of which the treatment of share plan expense is applicable to all key 
management personnel.

(4)   Includes bonus for outstanding contribution in relation to merger with Automotive Holdings Group Ltd, and also a commission for Mr Thornton representing 
a percentage of net profit before tax of relevant business units which is therefore based on measurable business performance and designed to improve 
shareholder value. No commission is included for any key management personnel other than Mr Thornton.

(5)  Mr Duncan and Mr Blackhall were appointed as non-executive Directors on 6 December 2019.

(6)  Ms Prater was appointed as a non-executive Director on 3 February 2020.

19

ANNUAL REPORT 2019  
Short-term benefits

Salary & fees
$

Bonus &
commission (4)
$

Non-monetary & 
other benefits (1)
$

Post-
employment 
benefits

Super- 
annuation  
benefits
$

Share-based 
payments

Performance 
Rights & Options 
(2) (3)

$

Performance 
-related 
percentage
%

Total
$

100,000 

1,210,833 

85,000 

85,000 

92,500 

85,000 

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

813 

9,500 

-   

110,313 

170,358 

25,000 

189,060 

1,595,251 

813 

813 

813 

813 

8,075 

8,075 

8,788 

8,075 

-   

-   

-   

-   

93,888 

93,888 

102,101 

93,888 

-   

12 

-   

-   

-   

-   

456,516 

2,114,849 

150,000 

150,000 

31,907 

206,330 

14,449 

81,962 

22,857 

675,729 

26 

211,917 

2,765,058

200,004 

698,259 

118,226 

10,266 

44,485 

1,071,240 

69 

292,006 

492,010 

87,600 

785,859 

35,315 

153,541 

27,741 

38,006 

5,561 

50,045 

448,221 

21 

1,519,461

2018

Directors

T B Crommelin   
Chairman

M A Ward   
Managing Director & CEO

N G Politis   
Non-executive Director

D T Ryan   
Non-executive Director

D A Cowper   
Non-executive Director

M J Birrell   
Non-executive Director

S A Moore   
Executive Director & CFO

Executives

K T Thornton  
Chief Operating Officer – Cars

D G Stark  
General Counsel &  
Company Secretary

(1)  Includes benefits such as the provision of motor vehicles, insurance policy costs and the movement in the provision for the individual’s employee entitlements. 

(2)   Performance rights and options granted under the EIP are valued using a binomial tree methodology. A pre-determined value of the portion of the rights 
and options attributable to the year under review has been expensed in the income statement in conformity with AASB 2 and reflected in each recipient’s 
remuneration. In each year, performance rights and options vested under the EIP for the previous year. Vesting is subject to the achievement of performance 
hurdles as previously detailed in this Remuneration Report.

(3)   The share-based payment is based on progressive recognition of each award grant over its expected vesting period, which results in an increased cost in the 
earlier years of the EIP and a reduced cost in later years on the assumption that all performance hurdles will be achieved over the five year period. For further 
details, refer to commentary on page 15 under the heading “CEO’s Participation in EIP” of which the treatment of share plan expense is applicable to all key 
management personnel.

(4)   For Mr Thornton, this is a commission representing a percentage of net profit before tax of relevant business units and is therefore based on measurable 

business performance and designed to improve shareholder value. No commission is included for any other key management personnel.

20

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED7.  Relevant Interest in the Company’s Shares Held by Key Management Personnel

2019

Directors
M A Ward
N G Politis
D T Ryan
T B Crommelin
D A Cowper
M J Birrell
S A Moore
G J Duncan (1)
D S Blackhall (1)

Executives
K T Thornton
D G Stark

1 January
2019

Dividend

Reinvestment

Plan

Executive
 Incentive
Plan

Purchases

Sales

31 December
2019

2,389,661 
69,503,581 
-   
392,286 
15,053 
2,000,000 
11,647 
242,775
17,500

470,531 
145,816 
75,188,850 

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-
-

-   
-   
-   

94,866 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
4,975 
-
-

88   

32,935
1,200
- 
-   
-   
-   

41,667
5,556

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-
-

2,484,615 
69,536,516 
1,200   
392,286 
15,053 
2,000,000 
16,622 
284,442
23,056

22,321 
27,790 
149,952 

-   
-   
1,652,275 

100,000  
-   
100,000   

392,852
173,606 
76,891,077

(1)     Mr Duncan and Mr Blackhall were appointed as non-executive Directors on 6 December 2019.

2018

Directors
M A Ward
N G Politis
D T Ryan
T B Crommelin
D A Cowper
M J Birrell
S A Moore

Executives
K T Thornton
D G Stark

1 January
2018

Dividend

Reinvestment

Plan

Executive
 Incentive
Plan

Purchases

Sales

31 December
2018

2,298,655 
68,813,081 
-   
383,286 
15,053 
2,000,000 
6,851 

449,118 
143,140 
74,109,184 

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

91,006 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
4,796 

-   
690,500 
-   
9,000 
-   
-   
-   

21,413 
2,676 
119,891 

-   
-   
699,500 

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

2,389,661 
69,503,581 
-   
392,286 
15,053 
2,000,000 
11,647 
-   

470,531 
145,816 
74,928,575 

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

The relevant interest of each Director in shares, rights and options issued by the Company as at the date of this report are as follows:

Ordinary Shares (fully paid)

Share Options(1)

Performance Rights(1)

T B Crommelin
N G Politis 
M A Ward
D T Ryan
D A Cowper
M J Birrell
S A Moore
G J Duncan
D Blackhall
M V Prater

392,286
69,536,516
2,484,615
1,200
15,053 
2,000,000
16,622
284,442
23,056
2,540,096

-
-
2,153,985
-
-
-
117,570
-
-
-

-
-
99,067
-
-
-
105,167
-
-
-

(1)   Share options and performance rights vest only if performance hurdles are met or waived in accordance with the Executive Incentive Plan, as described in the 

Remuneration Report.

21

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHARES UNDER OPTION

NON-AUDIT SERVICES

No options and 100,000 performance rights were granted by 
the Company over unissued fully paid ordinary shares during or 
since the year under review.

A copy of the auditor’s Independence Declaration as required 
under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is attached and 
forms part of this report.

No shares were issued as a result of the exercise of options or 
performance rights during or since the year under review.

At the date of this report, there are 5,841,986 unissued shares 
under option and no unvested performance rights.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

The Company’s constitution provides that, to the extent 
permitted by law, the Company must indemnify each person who 
is or has been a Director or Secretary against liability incurred 
in or arising out of the discharge of duties as an officer of the 
Company or out of the conduct of the business of the Company 
and specified legal costs. The indemnity is enforceable without 
the person having to incur any expense or make any payment, 
is a continuing obligation and is enforceable even though the 
person may have ceased to be an officer of the Company.

At the start of the financial year under review and at the start 
of the following financial year, the Company paid insurance 
premiums in respect of Directors and Officers liability insurance 
contracts. The contracts insure each person who is or has been 
a Director or executive officer of the Company against certain 
liabilities arising in the course of their duties to the Company 
and its controlled entities. The Directors have not disclosed 
details of the nature of the liabilities covered or the amount of 
the premiums paid in respect of the insurance contracts as such 
disclosure is prohibited under the terms of the contracts.

AUDITOR

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu continues in office as auditor of the 
Group in accordance with section 327 of the Corporations Act 2001.

The Company may decide to employ its auditor on assignments 
additional to their statutory audit duties where the auditor’s 
expertise or experience with the Group is important.

Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for audit 
and non-audit services provided to the Group during the year are 
set out in Note 36 to the consolidated financial report.

In accordance with advice received from the Audit, Risk & 
Remuneration Committee, the Directors are satisfied that the 
provision of the non-audit services was compatible with the 
general standard of independence for auditors imposed by 
the Corporations Act 2001 and did not compromise the auditor 
independence requirements of the Act because all non-audit 
services were reviewed by the Committee to ensure they did not 
impact the partiality and objectivity of the auditor.

ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS TO NEAREST 
THOUSAND DOLLARS

The Company is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100 
issued by the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, 
relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the Directors’ report 
and financial report. Amounts in the Directors’ report and 
financial report have been rounded off to the nearest thousand 
dollars in accordance with that Class Order.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the 
Directors.

Martin Ward 
Director

Brisbane, 27 February 2020

22

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUEDAUDITOR’S DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 
Level 23, Riverside Centre 
123 Eagle Street 
Brisbane, QLD, 4000 
Australia 

Phone: +61 7 3308 7000 
www.deloitte.com.au 

The Board of Directors 
A.P. Eagers Limited 
5 Edmund Street 
Newstead, QLD 4006 

27 February 2020 

Dear Board Members 

A.P. Eagers Limited 

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the 
following declaration of independence to the directors of A.P. Eagers Limited. 

As lead audit Partner for the audit of the financial statements of A.P. Eagers Limited for the 
financial year ended 31 December 2019, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, 
there have been no contraventions of: 

(i)  the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to 

the audit; and 

(ii)  any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.   

Yours sincerely 

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

Stephen Tarling 
Partner  
Chartered Accountants 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte Network 

23

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

24

 FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

Statement of Profit or Loss 

Statement of Profit or Loss and  
Other Comprehensive Income 

Statement of Financial Position 

Statement of Changes In Equity 

Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to and forming part of  
the Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

26

27

28

29

30

31

104

105

25

ANNUAL REPORT 2019STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

Revenue

Other Gains

      CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

RESTATED
2018
$’000

5,816,979

4,112,802

125,616

8,492

Notes

3

4

Share of net profits of associate

43(c)

407

77

Raw materials and consumables purchased

Employee benefits expense

Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation expense

Impairment of non-current assets

Other expenses

(Loss)/Profit before tax

Income tax expense

(Loss)/Profit from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Attributable to:

Owners of A.P. Eagers Limited 

Non-controlling interests

5

5

5(b)

6

(4,827,210)

(3,400,165)

(480,219)

(330,622)

(65,569)

(95,217)

(244,925)

(293,166)

(40,744)

(46,137)

-

(175,301)

(63,304)

128,402

(17,176)

(80,480)

(30,906)

97,496

(48,644)

(129,124)

-

97,496

33(f)

31(b)

(131,913)

2,789

(129,124)

95,877

1,619

97,496

(Loss)/Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company:

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

From continuing operations

From discontinued operation

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share

From continuing operations

From discontinued operation

41(a)

41(b)

The above Statement of Profit or Loss should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

The comparative information has been restated as a result of the initial application of AASB 16 as disclosed in Note 1 (aa).

Cents

Cents

(62.4)

(39.4)

(23.0)

(62.4)

(39.4)

(23.0)

50.1

50.1

-

49.8

49.8

-

26

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND  
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Fair value gain arising from cash flow hedges during the year

Income tax expense

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Gain on revaluation of property

Income tax expense

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to:

Owners of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Notes

31(a)

31(a)

31(a)

31(a)

31(a)

31(a)

31(a)

      CONSOLIDATED

2019
$’000

RESTATED
2018 
$’000

(129,124)

97,496

36

(11)

1,153

1,178

13,769

(4,131)

80,331

103

(31)

-

72

11,266

(3,380)

(181,400)

(21,544)

30,059

68,425

69,603

(143,455)

(143,383)

(59,521)

(45,887)

(62,310)

2,789

(47,506)

1,619

(59,521)

(45,887)

The above Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

The comparative information has been restated as a result of the initial application of AASB 16 as disclosed in Note 1(aa).

27

ANNUAL REPORT 2019STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2019 

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments and deposits

Assets classified as held for sale

Property sale receivable
Total current assets

Non-current assets

Other loans receivable

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Investments in associates

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Other non-current assets
Right-of-use assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Borrowings - bailment and other current loans

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Deferred revenue

Lease liabilities

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Deferred revenue

Provisions

Other

Lease liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Notes

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

16

17

18

15(a)

      CONSOLIDATED

RESTATED
31 December 
2018 
$’000

RESTATED
1 January 
 2018 
$’000

2019 
$’000

94,172

310,155

1,462,675

23,214

1,890,216

507,155

-
2,397,371

30,893

2,366

16,806

475,415

758,737

167,531

13,030
1,013,101

2,477,879

4,875,250

18,868

156,286

690,167

12,617

877,938

-

-
877,938

8,303

149,774

12,077

388,407

313,325

26,766

-
222,759

10,827

161,807

652,652

11,172

836,458

-

7,145
843,603

10,600

288,033

12,000

361,121

309,414

5,073

-
231,903

1,121,411

1,999,349

1,218,144

2,061,747

19

371,447

145,917

153,103

21(a)

22

23

24(a)

15(a)

25(a)

27

26

28

15(a)

30

31(a)

31(b)

33(f)

-

35

20

1,310,153

571,615

545,200

25,224

107,146

43,739

171,675

2,029,384

508,666

2,538,050

381,885

43,804

50,017

-

1,020,882

1,496,588

4,034,638

840,612

1,173,069

(551,813)

209,933

831,189

9,423

840,612

2,190

48,481

5,862

44,596

13,221

46,041

5,319

39,380

818,696

802,284

-

-

818,696

802,284

312,614

248,344

-

5,052

19,422

207,906

544,994

-

6,106

19,369

217,009

490,828

1,363,690

1,293,112

635,659

768,635

371,405

(124,306)

380,558

627,657

8,002

635,659

369,028

38,131

350,715

757,874

10,761

768,635

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

The comparative information has been restated as a result of the initial application of AASB 16 as disclosed in Note 1(aa).

28

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

Consolidated entity 2019

Notes

Asset 
revaluation 
reserve
$’000

Issued
capital
$’000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
$’000

Share- based 
payments 
reserve
$’000

Hedging 
reserve
$’000

Investment 
revaluation 
reserve
$’000

Business 
combination 
reserve
$’000

Retained 
earnings
$’000

Attributable 
to owners of  
the parent
$’000

Non- 
controlling 
interests
$’000

Total
$’000

33(a)

-
801,664
1,173,069

-
-
28,312

-
-
1,153

Restated balance at  
1 January 2019

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transfer to retained earnings

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:
Shares acquired by employee 
share trust
Share based payments 
expense
Payments received from 
employees for exercised 
shares
Income tax on items taken to 
or transferred directly from 
equity
Issue of ordinary shares as 
purchase consideration on 
acquisition

Dividends provided for or paid
Purchase of shares for 
non-controlling interests
Recognition of NCI on 
acquisition

Balance at 31 December 2019

Consolidated entity 2018
Restated balance at  
1 January 2018
Adjustment on adoption of 
AASB 16 (net of tax)
Restated total equity at the 
beginning of the financial year

Restated profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transfer to retained earnings
Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:

Share based payments 
expense

Dividends provided for or paid
Shares acquired by employee 
share trust
Shares issued pursuant to 
staff share plan
Purchase of shares from 
non-controlling interests
Payments received from 
employees for exercised 
shares
Income tax on items taken to or 
transferred directly from equity

371,405
-
-

56,820
-
9,638

31(a)

-
-

-

-

-

-

33(a)

344,509
-

457,155

9,638
(38,146)

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

369,028

52,728

-

-

369,028
-
-

-
-

-
-

-

31(c)
(iv)

30

31(a)

2,377

-

-

-
2,377

52,728
-
7,886

7,886
(3,794)

-
-

-

-

-

-

-
-

Restated balance at  
31 December 2018

371,405

56,820

-
-
1,153

1,153
-

(25)
-
25

25
-

(49,628)
-
-

(131,473)
-
58,787

-
380,558
- (131,913)
-
-

627,657
(131,913)
69,603

8,002
635,659
2,789 (129,124)
69,603

-

-
-

58,787
-

- (131,913)
39,368
-

(62,310)
1,222

2,789
-

(59,521)
1,222

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-
-
-

(2,598)

1,906

4,890

7,567

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

(2,598)

1,906

4,890

7,567

-

-

-

-

(2,598)

1,906

4,890

7,567

-
(78,080)

344,509
(78,080)

-
(1,368)

344,509
(79,448)

- (470,729)

-

(13,574)

13,574

-

-
11,765
(37,863)

-
-
- (470,729)
(470,729)

(72,686)

-
(78,080)
209,933

-
264,620
831,189

(13,574)
(1,368)
9,423

(13,574)
263,252
840,612

-

-

-
-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

(97)

(34,368)

19,868

-

(97)
-
72

72
-

-

-

(34,368)
-
-

19,868
-
(151,341)

-
-

(151,341)
-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-
-

391
-

(13,965)

(2,377)

-

4,664

(3,973)
(15,260)

-
-

-

-

-

-

-
-

(25)

(49,628)

(131,473)

-

-

-
-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

367,855

775,014

10,761

785,775

(17,140)

(17,140)

-

(17,140)

350,715
95,877
-

757,874
95,877
(143,383)

10,761
1,619
-

768,635
97,496
(143,383)

95,877
3,794

(47,506)
-

1,619
-

(45,887)
-

-
(69,828)

391
(69,828)

-
(2,041)

391
(71,869)

-

-

-

-

(13,965)

-

-

-

-

(13,965)

-

(2,337)

(2,337)

4,664

-

4,664

-
(69,828)

(3,973)
(82,711)

-
(4,378)

(3,973)
(87,089)

380,558

627,657

8,002

635,659

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  
The comparative information has been restated as a result of the initial application of AASB 16 as disclosed in Note 1 (aa).

29

ANNUAL REPORT 2019STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)

Receipts from insurance claims

Interest and other costs of finance paid

Income taxes paid

Dividends received

Interest received

      CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

RESTATED
2018 
$’000

Notes

7,166,300

4,495,529

(6,891,865)

(4,329,850)

5,324

(73,588)

(36,860)

100

1,385

16,139

(40,744)

(40,983)

13,868

196

Net cash provided by operating activities

42

170,796

114,155

Cash flows from investing activities

Payment for acquisition of businesses - net of cash acquired

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of businesses

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payments for shares in other corporations

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issues of shares and other equity securities

Proceeds from borrowings

Payments for shares acquired by the trust

Repayment of borrowings

Transactions with non-controlling interests

Dividends paid to members of A.P. Eagers Limited

Dividends paid to minority shareholders of a subsidiary

Repayment of lease liabilities

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

The above Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

63,903

(72,687)

64,366

177,673

-

233,255

4,890

65,798

(2,598)

(247,039)

734

(78,080)

(288)

(64,801)

(321,384)

82,667

18,868

101,535

(5,138)

(38,891)

2,807

19,456

(43,142)

(64,908)

4,664

95,000

(13,965)

(30,394)

(1,100)

(69,828)

(417)

(25,166)

(41,206)

8,041

10,827

18,868

31(a)

31(a)

7

8

30

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  
THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
31 DECEMBER 2019

1  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a)  General information and basis of preparation

The financial report covers the Group (consolidated entity) of 
A.P. Eagers Limited and its subsidiaries (consolidated financial 
statements). A.P. Eagers Limited is a publicly listed company 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia.

The financial report has been prepared on a going-concern 
basis, in line with AASB 101.

Compliance with IFRS

These financial statements are general purpose financial 
statements which have been prepared in accordance with 
the Corporations Act 2001, Accounting Standards and 
Interpretations, and comply with other requirements of the law.

The financial statements comprise the consolidated financial 
statements of the Group. For the purposes of preparing the 
consolidated financial statements, the Company is a for-profit 
entity. Accounting Standards include Australian Accounting 
Standards. Compliance with Australian Accounting Standards 
ensures that the financial statements and notes of the Company 
and the Group comply with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS).

Historical cost convention

These financial statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of 
financial assets, derivatives and certain classes of property, 
plant and equipment to fair value.

Fair value is the price received to sell an asset or paid to 
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether 
that price is directly observable or estimated using another 
valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or 
a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of 
the asset or liability if market participants would take those 
characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability 
at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or 
disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements 
is determined on such a basis, except for share-based 
payment transactions that are within the scope of AASB 2 and 
measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are 
not fair value, such as net realisable value in AASB 102 or value 
in use in AASB 136.

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value 
measurements are categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the 
degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are 
observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value 
measurements in its entirety, which are described as follows:

 >

 >

 >

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active 
markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can 
access at the measurement date;

Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included 
within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or 
liability.

Functional and presentation currency

The functional and presentation currency of the Group is the 
Australian Dollar.

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the 
Directors on the 27th of February 2020.

Accounting Policies

The following is a summary of the material accounting 
policies adopted in the preparation of the financial report. The 
accounting policies have been consistently applied, unless 
otherwise stated.

Going Concern

The financial statements have been prepared on the basis 
that the Group is a going concern, able to realise assets in the 
ordinary course of business and settle liabilities as and when 
they fall due. The Group had net current liabilities of $141 million 
at the 31 December 2019 which is primarily due to the impact 
of AASB16 leasing standard. The Group generates strong 
operating cashflows and has available facilities of $96 million at 
31 December 2019 on which it can draw down.

(b)  Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of A.P. Eagers Limited (the Company or Group) and 
entities (including structured entities) controlled by the Company 
and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

 >

 >

 >

has power over the investee;

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its 
involvement with the investee; and

has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee 
if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one 
or more of the three elements of control listed above.

31

ANNUAL REPORT 20191  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

(b)  Basis of consolidation continued

When the Company has less than a majority of the voting rights 
of an investee, it has power over the investee when the voting 
rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the 
relevant activities of the investee unilaterally.

The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances 
in assessing whether or not the Company’s voting rights in an 
investee are sufficient to give it power, including:

 >

 >

 >

 >

the size of the Company’s holding of voting rights relative to 
the size and dispersion of holdings of the other vote holders;

potential voting rights held by the Company, other vote 
holders or other parties;

rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and

any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the 
Company has, or does not have, the current ability to direct 
the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be 
made, including voting patterns at previous shareholders’ 
meetings.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains 
control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses 
control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses 
of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are 
included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income from the date the Company gains control 
until the date when the Company ceases to control the subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive 
income are attributed to the owners of the Company and to 
the non-controlling interests. Total comprehensive income 
of subsidiaries is attributed to the owners of the Company 
and to the non-controlling interests even if this results in 
the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance. When 
necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of 
subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with the 
Group’s accounting policies.

All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses 
and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the 
Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

(i) 

 Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in existing 
subsidiaries

Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in subsidiaries that 
do not result in the Group losing control over the subsidiaries 
are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amounts 
of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests are 
adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the 
subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the 
non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the 
consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity 
and attributed to owners of the Company.

When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, a gain or loss is 
recognised in profit or loss and is calculated as the difference 
between (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration 
received and the fair value of any retained interest and (ii) the 
previous carrying amount of the assets (including goodwill), and 
liabilities of the subsidiary and any non-controlling interests. All 
amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income 
in relation to that subsidiary are accounted for as if the Group 
had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities of the 
subsidiary (i.e. reclassified to profit or loss or transferred to 
another category of equity as specified/permitted by applicable 
accounting standards). The fair value of any investment retained 
in the former subsidiary at the date when control is lost is 
regarded as the fair value on initial recognition for subsequent 
accounting under AASB 9 (when applicable), the cost on initial 
recognition of an investment in an associate, or a joint venture.

(ii)  Investments in associates

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant 
influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in 
the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but 
is not control over those policies. If the Group holds, directly or 
indirectly, 20% or more of the voting power of the investee, it is 
presumed the Group has significant influence, unless it can be 
clearly demonstrated that this is not the case.

The results and assets and liabilities of associates are 
incorporated in these consolidated financial statements using 
the equity method of accounting, except when the investment, 
or a portion thereof, is classified as held for sale, in which case 
it is accounted for in accordance with AASB 5. Under the equity 
method, an investment in an associate is initially recognised 
in the consolidated statement of financial position at cost and 
adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the profit 
or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate. 
When the Group’s share of losses of an associate exceeds the 
Group’s interest in that associate (which includes any long-
term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net 
investment in the associate), the Group discontinues recognising 
its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognised only 
to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive 
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

An investment in an associate is accounted for using the equity 
method from the date on which the investee becomes an 
associate. On acquisition of the investment in an associate, any 
excess of the cost of the investment over the Group’s share of 
the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the 
investee is recognised as goodwill, which is included within 
the carrying amount of the investment. Any excess of the 
Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and 
liabilities over the cost of the investment, after reassessment, 
is recognised immediately in profit or loss in the period in which 
the investment is acquired.

32

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019The requirements of AASB 128 are applied to determine whether 
it is necessary to recognise any impairment loss with respect 
to the Group’s investment in an associate. When necessary, the 
entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is 
tested for impairment of assets as a single asset by comparing 
its recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value 
less costs of disposal) with its carrying amount. Any impairment 
loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the 
investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognised 
in accordance with AASB 136 to the extent that the recoverable 
amount of the investment subsequently increases.

The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the 
date when the investment ceases to be an associate, or when 
the investment is classified as held for sale. When the Group 
retains an interest in the former associate and the retained 
interest is a financial asset, the Group measures the retained 
interest at fair value at that date and the fair value is regarded 
as its fair value on initial recognition in accordance with AASB 9. 
The difference between the carrying amount of the associate at 
the date the equity method was discontinued, and the fair value 
of any retained interest and any proceeds from disposing of a 
part interest in the associate is included in the determination 
of the gain or loss on disposal of the associate. In addition, the 
Group accounts for all amounts previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income in relation to that associate on the same 
basis as would be required if that associate had directly disposed 
of the related assets or liabilities. Therefore, if a gain or loss 
previously recognised in other comprehensive income by that 
associate would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal 
of the related assets or liabilities, the Group reclassifies the 
gain or loss from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification 
adjustment) when the equity method is discontinued.

The Group continues to use the equity method when an 
investment in an associate becomes an investment in a 
joint venture or an investment in a joint venture becomes an 
investment in an associate. There is no remeasurement to fair 
value upon such changes in ownership interests.

When the Group reduces its ownership interest in an associate 
but the Group continues to use the equity method, the Group 
reclassifies to profit or loss the portion of the gain or loss that 
had previously been recognised in other comprehensive income 
relating to that reduction in ownership interest if that gain or 
loss would be classified to profit or loss on the disposal of the 
related assets or liabilities.

When the Group increases its ownership interest such that an 
existing associate becomes a subsidiary, the Group remeasures 
its previously held interest at its acquisition-date fair value 
and recognises the resulting gain or loss in profit or loss. The 
acquisition of the investment in the subsidiary is recognised in 
accordance with Note 1(h).

When a Group entity transacts with an associate of the Group, 
profits and losses resulting from the transactions with the 
associate are recognised in the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements only to the extent of interests in the associate that 
are not related to the Group.

(c)  Operating segments

Operating segments are identified based on internal reports that 
are regularly reviewed by the entity’s chief operating decision 
maker in order to allocate resources to the segment and assess 
its performance.

The Group has four operating segments being (i) Car Retail 
(ii) Truck Retail (iii) Property (iv) Investments. Currently the 
segment of “Other” is not required.

(d)  Revenue

(i)  Sales revenue

Revenue from the sale of motor vehicles and parts is recognised 
when the performance obligation has been satisfied. The 
performance obligation is considered to be satisfied at a point 
in time when the vehicles or parts are invoiced and physically 
dispatched or collected.

(ii)  Service revenue

Service work on customers’ vehicles is carried out under 
instruction from the customer. Service revenue is recognised 
over time based on when the performance obligation is 
satisfied, which is when services are rendered. Revenue arising 
from the sale of parts fitted to customers’ vehicles during 
service is recognised at a point in time upon satisfaction of 
the performance obligation, which is considered by the Group 
to be upon delivery of the fitted parts to the customer upon 
completion of the service.

(iii)  Rental income

Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term.

(iv)  Finance and Insurance Income

The Group acts as an agent in the sale of vehicle finance and 
insurance products. The revenue (i.e. commission from the 
sale of these products) is recognised at a point in time when the 
performance obligation is satisfied, which is upon delivery of the 
vehicle and the transfer of control to the customer.

(v)  Interest revenue

Interest revenue is recognised on a time proportional basis, 
taking into account the effective interest rates applicable to the 
financial assets.

(vi)  Property, Plant and Equipment Sales Revenue

Income from the sale of property, plant and equipment is 
recognised when the performance obligation is satisfied, at the 
transfer of ownership.

(vii) Dividend revenue

Dividend revenue is recognised when the right to receive a 
dividend has been established.

Dividends received from associates are accounted for in 
accordance with the equity method of accounting in the 
consolidated financial statements.

33

ANNUAL REPORT 20191  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

(e)  Finance costs

Borrowing costs are recognised as expenses in the period in 
which they are incurred. Borrowing costs include:

 >

 >

 >

 >

interest on bank overdrafts, short and long-term 
borrowings;

interest on vehicle bailment arrangements;

interest on finance lease liabilities; and

amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in connection with 
the arrangement of borrowings.

(f)  Taxes

A.P. Eagers Limited and its wholly-owned Australian entities are 
part of a tax consolidated group in accordance with Part 3-90 
of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997. Automotive Holdings 
Group Limited and its wholly owned Australian entities became 
part of the A.P. Eagers Limited tax consolidated group on 24 
October 2019. The existence of a tax consolidated group allows 
for wholly-owned corporate groups to operate as a single entity 
for income tax purposes.

The head entity, A.P. Eagers Limited, and the wholly-owned 
entities in the tax consolidated group continue to account for 
their own income tax expense, current and deferred tax amounts 
in accordance with the A.P. Eagers Tax Funding Agreement. For 
completeness we note that Automotive Holdings Group Limited 
and its wholly-owned Australian entities become parties to the 
A.P. Eagers Tax Funding Agreement on 24 October 2019. These 
tax amounts are measured by adopting a notional tax approach 
which requires each member to calculate their separate tax 
amounts as if each entity in the tax consolidated group continues 
to be a standalone taxpayer. Assets or liabilities arising for 
wholly-owned subsidiaries under the Tax Funding Arrangement 
are recognised as accounts receivable from or payable to 
other entities in the Group. In addition to its own income tax 
expense, current and deferred tax amounts, the head entity also 
recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred 
tax assets arising from unused tax losses and tax credits 
assumed from controlled entities in the tax consolidated group.

(i) 

Income tax

The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax 
payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the 
notional income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by 
changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to 
temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, 
and to unused tax losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary 
differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets 
are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates 
which are enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction. 
The relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative amounts of 
deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the 
deferred tax asset or liability. An exception is made for certain 
temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an 
asset or a liability. No deferred tax asset or liability is recognised 
in relation to these temporary differences if they arose in a 
transaction, other than a business combination, where at the 
time of the transaction the temporary differences did not affect 
either accounting profit or taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary 
differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that 
future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those 
temporary differences and losses.

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts 
recognised directly in equity are also recognised directly in 
equity.

(ii)  Goods and services tax (“GST”)

Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognised net of 
the amount of GST except:

 > where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services 
is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case 
the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the 
asset or is part of the expense item as applicable; and

 >

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST 
included.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the 
taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables 
in the statement of financial position.

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a 
gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from 
investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from 
or payable to the taxation authority, are classified as operating 
cash flows.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the 
amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation 
authority.

(g)  Leases

The Group as a lessee
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, 
at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use 
asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease 
arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term 
leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) 
and leases of low value assets. For these leases, the Group 
recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a 
straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another 
systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in 
which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

34

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Unless the Group is reasonably certain to obtain ownership of 
the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the recognised 
right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over 
the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease term.

Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle 
and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is located 
or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the 
terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and 
measured under AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities 
and Contingent Assets. The costs are included in the related 
right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce 
inventories.

The right-of-use assets are presented as a separate line in the 
consolidated statement of financial position.

Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment in accordance 
with AASB 136 Impairment of Assets. Any identified impairment 
loss is accounted for in line with our accounting policy for 
‘Property, plant and equipment’.

(iii) Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption 
to its short-term leases of Property, Machinery/Equipment 
and Motor Vehicles (i.e., those leases that have a lease of 12 
months or less from the commencement date and do not 
contain a purchase option). It also applies the low-value assets 
recognition exemption to leases that are considered of low value. 
Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value 
assets are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term.

(iv) Sale and Leaseback transactions

Where the Group enters into a sale and leaseback transaction, 
the Group firstly applies the requirements of AASB 15 Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers to determine whether control 
has passed, and whether the transfer is accounted for as a 
sale. Further, when the Group enters into a sale and leaseback 
transaction and the fair value of the consideration for the sale 
of the property does not equal the fair value of the asset, or the 
payments for the lease are not at market rates, the following 
adjustments are made to measure the sale proceeds at fair value:

(i) 

 any below market terms are accounted for as a prepayment 
of lease payments; and

(ii)   any above market terms are accounted for as additional 
financing provided by the buyer-lessor to the Group.

(i) Lease Liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises 
lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease 
payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments 
include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) 
less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments 
that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to 
be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease payments 
also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably 
certain to be exercised by the Group and payments of penalties 
for terminating a lease, if the lease term reflects the Group 
exercising the option to terminate. The variable lease payments 
that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as 
an expense in the period in which the event or condition that 
triggers the payment occurs.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the 
Group uses the incremental borrowing rate at the lease 
commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is 
not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rate is 
defined as the rate of interest that the lessee would have to pay 
to borrow over a similar term and with a similar security over 
the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the 
right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the 
consolidated statement of financial position.

After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is 
increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the 
lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease 
liabilities is remeasured whenever:

 >

 >

 >

 The lease term has changed or there is a change in the 
assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case 
the lease liabilities are remeasured by discounting the 
revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;

 The lease payments change due to changes in an index or 
rate or a change in expected payment under guaranteed 
residual value, in which case the lease liability is 
remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments 
using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments 
change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which 
case a revised discount rate is used); and

 A lease contract is modified and the lease modification is 
not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the 
lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease 
payments using a revised discount rate.

(ii) Right-of-use assets

The Group recognises right-of-use assets at cost at the 
commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date the underlying 
asset is available for use).

The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease 
liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease 
payments made at or before the commencement date less any 
lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are subsequently 
measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses, and are adjusted for any remeasurement of 
lease liabilities.

35

ANNUAL REPORT 20191  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

(g)  Leases continued

(v)  Significant judgement in determining the lease term of contracts 

with renewal options

The Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable 
term of the lease, together with periods covered by an option 
to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or 
any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is 
reasonably certain not to be exercised.

The Group has the option, under some of its property leases 
to lease the asset for additional terms. The Group applies 
judgement in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain to 
exercise the option to renew. That is, it considers all relevant 
factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise the 
renewal. After the commencement date, the Group reassess 
the lease term if there is a significant event or change in 
circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to 
exercise (or not to exercise) the option to renew (e.g., a change in 
business strategy).

(vi) Incremental Borrowing Rate

The Group has determined its incremental borrowing rate 
by considering the interest rate on their financing facility and 
applying, where considered necessary, adjustments to align this 
with an asset specific rate. The adjustments consider the term 
of the agreement, security of asset and the funds necessary 
to obtain the asset of a similar value in a similar economic 
environment. Significant judgement is required to assess and 
apply these adjustments.

The application of the incremental borrowing rate impacts 
the initial valuation of the lease liability and associated 
interest expense.

(h)  Business combinations

The acquisition method of accounting is used for all business 
combinations regardless of whether equity instruments or other 
assets are acquired. Cost is measured as the fair value of the 
assets given, shares issued or liabilities incurred or assumed at 
the date of exchange. Acquisition related costs are recognised in 
profit or loss as incurred. Where equity instruments are issued 
in an acquisition, the value of the instruments is their published 
market price as at the date of acquisition unless, in rare 
circumstances, it can be demonstrated that the published price 
at the date of acquisition is an unreliable indicator of fair value 
and that other evidence and valuation methods provide a more 
reliable measure of fair value. Transaction costs arising on the 
issue of equity instruments are recognised directly in equity.

Where the business combination is achieved in stages, the 
Group remeasures its previously held equity interest in the 
acquiree at the acquisition-date fair value and the difference 
between the fair value and the previous carrying amount is 
recognised in the profit or loss.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent 
liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured 
initially at their fair values at the acquisition date, irrespective 
of the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the 
cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the 
identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill (refer 
to Note 1(q)). If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value 
of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is 
recognised directly in profit or loss but only after assessment of 
the identification and measurement of the net assets acquired.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, 
the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their 
present values as at the date of acquisition. The discount rate 
used is the Australian government bond rate that matches the 
future maturity period.

If the initial accounting for a business acquisition is incomplete 
by the end of the reporting period in which the acquisition 
occurs, the consolidated entity reports provisional amounts for 
the items for which accounting is incomplete. The provisional 
amounts are adjusted during the measurement period 
(no longer than 12 months from the initial acquisition) on a 
retrospective basis by restating the comparative information 
presented in the financial statements.

(i)  Impairment of long lived assets (excluding goodwill)

Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to 
amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets 
that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is 
recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is 
the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and its 
value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets 
are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable independent cash inflows (cash-generating 
units “CGU”) and these cash flows are discounted using the 
estimated weighted average cost of capital of the asset/CGU. 
An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately, 
unless the relevant asset is carried at fair value, in which case 
the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease (refer 
Note 1(n)). Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, 
the carrying amount of the asset (CGU) is increased to the 
revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent 
that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been determined had no impairment 
losses been recognised for the asset (CGU) in prior years. A 
reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss 
immediately, unless the relevant asset is carried at fair value, in 
which case, the reversal of the impairment loss is treated as a 
revaluation increase (refer Note 1(n)).

36

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019(j)  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held 
at call with financial institutions, other short term, highly liquid 
investments with original maturities of three months or less 
that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which 
are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank 
overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in 
current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

(k)  Receivables

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are recognised initially at the transaction 
price, less the expected lifetime credit losses to be recognised 
from initial recognition of the receivables.

The Group applies the simplified approach permitted by AASB 9, 
which requires expected lifetime credit losses to be recognised 
from initial recognition of the receivables. The expected credit 
losses on these financial assets are estimated using a provision 
matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience.

(l)  Inventories

New motor vehicles and demonstrator vehicles are stated at the 
lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs are assigned on the 
basis of specific identification.

Used motor vehicles are stated at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value on a unit by unit basis. Net realisable value has 
been determined by reference to the likely net realisable value 
given the age of the vehicles at year end. This is effected through 
the application of a specific provision percentage against cost 
of vehicles based on age. Costs are assigned on the basis of 
specific identification.

Spare parts and accessories are stated at the lower of cost and 
net realisable value. Costs are assigned to individual items on 
the basis of weighted average cost.

Work in progress is stated at cost. Cost includes labour incurred 
to date and consumables utilised during the service. Costs 
are assigned to individual customers on the basis of specific 
identification.

(m)  Investments and other financial assets

Investments are recognised and derecognised on settlement 
date where the purchase or sale of an investment is under a 
contract whose terms require delivery of the investment within 
the time-frame established by the market concerned. They are 
initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs, except 
for those financial assets classified as fair value through profit 
or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.

Subsequent to initial recognition, investments in associates 
are accounted for under the equity method in the consolidated 
financial statements.

The Group classifies its remaining financial assets in the 
following measurement categories:

 >

Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either 
through other comprehensive income, or through profit or 
loss); and

 >

Those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for 
managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the 
cash flows.

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either 
be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity 
instruments that are not held for trading, the classification 
will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable 
election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity 
investment at fair value through other comprehensive income 
(FVOCI).

(i) Measurement

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its 
fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value 
through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction 
costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit 
or loss.

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in 
their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are 
solely payment of principal and interest.

(ii) Equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at 
fair value. The fair values of quoted investments are based on 
current bid prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active 
(and for unlisted securities), the Group establishes fair value 
by using valuation techniques. These include reference to the 
fair values of recent arm’s-length transactions involving the 
same instruments or other instruments that are substantially 
the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and pricing models to 
reflect the issuer’s specific circumstances.

Where the Group’s management has elected to present fair 
value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is 
no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses 
to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. 
Dividends from such investments continue to be recognised in 
profit or loss as other income when the Group’s right to receive 
payments is established.

Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity 
investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately 
from other changes in fair value. The Group recognises the 
payment of dividends in the profit and loss for those equity 
instruments measured at FVOCI.

37

ANNUAL REPORT 20191  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

(m)  Investments and other financial assets continued

(iii) Impairment
The Group assesses at each balance date whether there is 
objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial 
assets is impaired. For trade receivables, the Group applies 
the simplified approach permitted by AASB 9, which requires 
expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition 
of the receivables. The expected credit losses on these financial 
assets are estimated using a provision matrix based on the 
Group’s historical credit loss experience.

Derivatives and hedging

Derivatives are recognised at their fair value at each reporting 
date. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss 
depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging 
instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The 
Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of exposure 
to variability in cash flows, which includes hedges for highly 
probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges).

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction 
the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged 
items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy 
for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also 
documents its assessments, both at hedge inception and on 
an ongoing basis, as to whether the derivatives that are used in 
hedging transactions have been, and will continue to be, highly 
effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of 
hedged items.

(i) Cash flow hedges that qualify for hedge accounting
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives 
that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is 
recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. The 
gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss, within other income/(expenses).

When forward contracts are used to hedge forecast 
transactions, the Group generally designates only the change in 
fair value of the forward contract related to the spot component 
as the hedging instrument. Gains or losses relating to the 
effective portion of the change in the spot component of the 
forward contracts are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve 
within equity. The change in the forward element of the contract 
that relates to the hedged item is recognised within OCI in the 
costs of hedging reserve within equity. In some cases, the 
entity may designate the full change in fair value of the forward 
contract as the hedging instrument. In such cases, the gains or 
losses relating to the effective portion of the change in fair value 
of the entire forward contract are recognised in the cash flow 
hedge reserve within equity.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified in the periods 
when the hedged item affects profit or loss, as follows:

(a)   Where the hedged item subsequently results in the recognition 
of a non-financial asset (such as inventory), both the deferred 
hedging gains and losses and the deferred time value of the 
contracts, if any, are included within the initial cost of the 
asset. The deferred amounts are ultimately recognised in 
profit or loss as the hedged item affects profit or loss.

(b)   The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of the interest 
rate swaps hedging variable rate borrowings is recognised 
in profit or loss within Finance costs at the same time as the 
interest expense on hedged borrowings.

When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold or terminated, or 
when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, 
any cumulative deferred gain or loss and deferred costs of 
hedging in equity at that time remains in equity until the forecast 
transaction occurs, resulting in the recognition of a non-financial 
asset such as inventory. When the forecast transaction is 
no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss and 
deferred costs of hedging that were reported in equity are 
immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

(n)  Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on annual 
assessment by the Directors supported by periodic valuations 
by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation 
for buildings. Revaluations are made with sufficient regularity to 
ensure that the carrying amount does not differ materially from 
that which would be determined using fair value at the end of the 
reporting period or immediately prior to the initial classification 
of assets held for sale. Any accumulated depreciation at the date 
of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of 
the asset and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount 
of the asset. All other property, plant and equipment are stated 
at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment 
losses. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount 
or recognised as a separate asset as appropriate, only when it is 
probable that future economic benefits associated with the item 
will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit 
or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Increases in the carrying amounts arising on revaluation of land 
and buildings are credited to property, plant and equipment 
revaluation reserve in shareholders’ equity. To the extent that the 
increase reverses a decrease previously recognised in profit or 
loss, the increase is first recognised in profit or loss. Decreases 
that reverse previous increases of the same asset are first 
charged against revaluation reserves directly in equity to the 
extent of the remaining reserve attributable to the asset; all other 
decreases are charged to profit or loss.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is 
calculated using the straight line method to allocate their cost 
or revalued amounts, net of their residual values, over their 
estimated useful lives, as follows:

 > Buildings 

 > Plant & equipment 

 >

Leasehold improvements 

40 years

3 - 10 years

5 - 30 years

The asset’s residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and 
adjusted if appropriate, at each balance date.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater 
than its estimated recoverable amount (Note 1(i)).

38

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing 
proceeds with carrying amounts. These are included in profit or 
loss. When revalued assets are sold, it is Group policy to transfer 
the amounts included in the asset revaluation reserve in respect 
of those assets to retained earnings.

The cost of improvements to or on leasehold properties is 
amortised over the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated 
useful life of the improvement, whichever is the shorter.

(o)  Customer relationships
Customer relationships acquired in a business combination 
where management believes there are contracted relationships 
in place that generate repeat transactions which creates future 
economic benefits and are amortised on a straight-line basis 
over the period of their expected benefit, being their finite 
useful life of five years. Customer relationships are made up of 
fleet customer arrangements in place for the new vehicle and 
servicing business.

(p)  Trademarks / brand names
Trademarks / brand names are valued on acquisition where 
management believe there is evidence of any of the following 
factors: an established brand name with longevity, a reputation 
that may positively influence a consumer’s decision to purchase 
or service a vehicle, and/or strong customer awareness within 
a particular geographic location. The trademarks are valued 
using a discounted cash flow methodology. The majority of the 
Group’s trademarks are considered to have an indefinite life as 
the Group expects to hold and support such trademarks through 
marketing and promotional support for an indefinite period. They 
are recorded at cost less any impairment.

(q)  Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over 
the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed of the acquired subsidiary, 
associate or business at the date of acquisition. Goodwill 
on acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses is included in 
intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisition of associates is 
included in investment in associates. Goodwill acquired in 
business combinations is not amortised. Instead, goodwill is 
tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired, 
and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. An 
impairment loss for goodwill is recognised immediately in profit 
or loss and is not reversed in a subsequent period. Gains and 
losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of 
goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of 
impairment testing (refer Note 17(a)).

(r)  Trade and other payables
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services 
provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year which 
are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid 
within 30 days of recognition. They are recognised initially at the 
fair value of what is expected to be paid, and subsequently at 
amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method.

(s)  Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction 
costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of 
transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in 
profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective 
interest rate method.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group 
has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at 
least 12 months after the balance date.

(t)  New motor vehicle stock and related bailment
Motor vehicles secured under bailment plans are provided to 
the Group under bailment agreements between the floor plan 
loan providers and entities within the Group. The Group obtains 
title to the vehicles immediately prior to sale. Motor vehicles 
financed under bailment plans held by the Group are recognised 
as trading stock with the corresponding liability shown as owing 
to the finance provider.

(u)  Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present 
obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, 
it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the 
obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount 
of the obligation. The amount recognised as a provision is the 
best estimate taking into account the risks and uncertainties 
surrounding the obligation.

(v)  Employee benefits
A liability is recognised for benefits accruing to employees in 
respect of wages and salaries, annual leave and long service 
leave, when it is probable that settlement will be required and 
they are capable of being measured reliably.

Liabilities recognised in respect of short-term employee benefits 
are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration 
rate expected to apply at the time of settlement.

Liabilities recognised in respect of long-term employee benefits 
are measured as the present value of the estimated future cash 
outflows to be made by the Group in respect of services provided 
by employees up to reporting date.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 
share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity 
instruments that will eventually vest, with a corresponding 
increase in equity. At the end of each reporting period, the Group 
revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected 
to vest. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, 
is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense 
reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to 
the share-based payments reserve.

Contributions are made by the Group to defined contribution 
employee superannuation funds and are charged as expenses 
when incurred.

39

ANNUAL REPORT 20191  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

(w) Dividends

(z)  Rounding of amounts

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared on or 
before the end of the year but not distributed at balance date.

(x)  Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable 
to members of the parent, adjusted to exclude any costs of 
servicing equity (other than dividends), divided by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus 
element.

(i)  Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:

 >

 >

the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding 
any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares

by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus 
elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and 
excluding treasury shares.

(ii)  Diluted earnings per share

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 
2016/191, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission, relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the 
financial report. Amounts in the financial report have been 
rounded off in accordance with that instrument to the nearest 
thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar.

(aa) New or revised standards and interpretations that are 

first effective in the current reporting period

The Group has applied the following amendments for the first 
time for the annual reporting period commencing 1 January 
2019, which have not had any material impacts:

 > AASB 2017-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards 

- Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation

 > AASB 2017-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards 

- Long-term Interest in Associates and Joint Ventures

 > AASB 2018-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards 

- Annual Improvements 2015-2017 Cycle

Diluted earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable 
to members of the parent, adjusted for:

 > AASB 2018-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards - Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement

 > Costs of servicing equity (other than dividends);

 >

The after tax effect of dividends and interest associated with 
dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been recognised 
as expenses; and

 > Other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses 
during the period that would result from the dilution of 
potential ordinary shares, divided by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary 
shares, adjusted for any bonus element.

(y)  Non-current assets held for sale

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held 
for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally 
through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. 
This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly 
probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for 
immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be 
committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for 
recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of 
classification.

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held 
for sale are measured at the lower of their previous carrying 
amount and fair value less costs to sell. Where non-current 
assets are sold above the lower of their previous carrying 
amounts and fair value less costs to sell, this gain is recognised 
in profit or loss when the sale is recognised.

 > AASB 2018-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards - Reduced Disclosure Requirements

 >

Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
and AASB 2017-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards - Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

The Group has applied the following standards for the first time 
for the annual reporting period commencing 1 January 2019:

 > AASB 16 - Leases (AASB 16)

The impact of adopting this standard has been assessed below.

1.1 Application of new and revised accounting standards

1.1.1 AASB 16 Leases

In the current year, the Group has applied AASB 16 Leases 
(“AASB 16”) for the first time.

AASB 16 supersedes AASB 117 Leases (“AASB 117”). 
The standard sets out the principles for the recognition, 
measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and 
requires lessees to account for most leases under a single on-
balance sheet model.

AASB 16 introduces new or amended requirements with respect 
to lease accounting. It introduces significant changes to lessee 
accounting by removing the distinction between operating and 
finance leases and requiring the recognition of a right-of-use 
asset and a lease liability at commencement for all leases, 
except for short-term leases and leases of low value assets. 
In contrast to lessee accounting, the requirements for lessor 
accounting have remain largely unchanged. The impact of 
the adoption of AASB 16 on the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements is described below.

40

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019The Group adopted AASB 16 using the full retrospective 
method of adoption. AASB 16 has been applied for the first 
time on 1 January 2019 with retrospective restatement from 
1 January 2018.

Impact of the new definition of a lease

The Group elected to use the transition practical expedient 
allowing the standard to be applied only to contracts that were 
previously identified as leases, applying AASB 117 at the date 
of initial application. Therefore, the definition of a lease in 
accordance with AASB 117 and Interpretation 4 Determining 
whether an Arrangement contains a Lease will continue to 
be applied for those leases entered into or modified before 
1 January 2019.

The Group has also elected to use the recognition exemptions 
for lease contracts that, at the commencement date, have a 
lease term of 12 months or less and do not contain a purchase 
option (‘short term leases’), and the lease contracts for which 
the underlying asset is of low value (‘low-value assets’).

The change to the definition of a lease mainly relates to the 
concept of control. AASB 16 determines whether a contract 
contains a lease on the basis of whether the customer has the 
right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time 
in exchange for consideration.

Impact on lessee accounting

Former operating leases

AASB 16 changes how the Group accounts for leases previously 
classified as operating leases under AASB 117, which were off-
balance sheet.

For short-term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and 
leases of low value asset (such as personal computers and 
office furniture), the Group has opted to recognise a lease 
expense on a straight-line basis as permitted by AASB 16. This 
expense is presented within other expenses in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss, and cash flows associated with these 
leases are presented in payments to suppliers and employees in 
operating cashflows.

Former finance leases

The main difference between AASB 16 and AASB 117 with 
respect to assets formerly held under a finance lease is the 
measurement of residual value guarantees provided by the 
lessee to a lessor. AASB 16 requires that the Group recognises 
as part of its lease liability only the amount expected to be 
payable under a residual value guarantee, rather than the 
maximum amount guaranteed as required by AASB 117. 
This change did not have a material effect on the Group’s 
consolidated financial statements.

Impact on lessor accounting 

Lessor accounting under AASB 16 is substantially unchanged 
from AASB 117. Lessors will continue to classify leases as 
either operating or finance leases using similar principles as 
AASB 117. However, AASB 16 has changed and expanded the 
disclosures required, in particular regarding how a lessor 
manages the risks arising from its residual interest in leased 
assets. The Group is not party to any material lease agreements 
as lessor, and therefore implementation of AASB 16 has not 
resulted in any required changes to the financial statements and 
its disclosures.

Applying AASB 16, for all leases (except as noted below), the 
Group:

Financial impact of the initial application of AASB 16

The Group holds the following types of leases

(i) 

 recognises right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in 
the consolidated statement of financial position, initially 
measured at the present value of future lease payments;

(1)  Property Leases
(2)  Machinery/Equipment Leases
(3)  Motor Vehicle Leases

The Group has determined that the impact of applying AASB 16 
is immaterial for Motor Vehicle Leases, and therefore the only 
transition adjustments made to the Groups financial statements 
and its disclosures relate to Property and Equipment Leases.

(ii)   recognises depreciation of right-of-use assets and interest 
on lease liabilities in the consolidated statement of profit or 
loss; and

(iii)   separates the total amount of cash paid into a principal 

portion (presented within financing activities) and interest 
(presented within operating activities) in the consolidated 
statement of cash flows.

Lease incentives (e.g. free rent period) are recognised as part of 
the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 
whereas under AASB 117 they resulted in the recognition of 
a lease incentive liability, amortised as a reduction of rental 
expense on a straight-line basis.

Under AASB 16, right-of-use assets are tested for impairment in 
accordance with AASB 136 Impairment of Assets. This replaces 
the previous requirement to recognise a provision for onerous 
lease contracts.

41

ANNUAL REPORT 20191  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Financial impact of the initial application of AASB 16 continued
As the Group have elected to use the full retrospective method, comparatives have been restated to adjust for the impact of AASB 16. 
The tables below show the impact of AASB 16 on the originally reported balances:

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Depreciation and amortisation expense
Finance costs
Aggregated other expenses
Income tax expense

Profit after income tax

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders  
of the Company:
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share (cents)

As originally
presented
$’000

Adjustments 
arising from
AASB 16
$’000

(15,641)
(26,530)
(214,681)
(32,556)

(30,496)
(14,214)
39,381
1,650

Restated
$’000

(46,137)
(40,744)
(175,300)
(30,906)

101,175

(3,679)

97,496

52.0
51.7

(1.9)
(1.9)

50.1
49.8

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(1)   AASB 16 changed the amount and presentation of lease related expenses. Under AASB 117, operating lease expenses were presented as operating expenses, 
whereas AASB 16 splits the lease expenses into depreciation of the right of use assets recognised and finance costs on lease liabilities. This has driven a 
decrease in the operating lease expense and increased in depreciation and finance costs.

(2)  The adjusted profit has led to a marginal change in the Group’s basic and diluted earnings per share.

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position   

As at 31 December 2018

As at 1 January 2018

As originally
presented
$’000

Adjustments 
arising from
AASB 16
$’000

-
17,844
1,767,668

222,759
8,922
231,681

As originally
presented
$’000

Adjustments 
arising from
AASB 16
$’000

-
-
1,824,771

231,903
5,073
236,976

Restated
$’000

222,759
26,766
1,999,349

Restated
$’000

231,903
5,073
2,061,747

-

44,596

44,596

-

39,380

39,380

-
-
1,111,190

207,906
-
252,502

207,906
-
1,363,692

-
2,273
1,038,996

217,009
(2,273)
254,116

217,009
-
1,293,112

656,478

(20,820)

635,659

785,775

(17,140)

768,635

401,377
656,478

(20,820)
(20,820)

380,558
635,659

367,855
785,775

(17,140)
(17,140)

350,715
768,635

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(3)

Non-current assets
Right-of-use assets
Deferred tax assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Lease liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Retained earnings
Total equity

(1)   AASB 16 has led to recognised amounts for right of use assets and lease liabilities on the face of the balance sheet representing the Group’s portfolio of leased 

assets made up by property and equipment utilised by the Group.

(2)   Adjustments under AASB 16 are subject to tax effect accounting and therefore the net deferred tax position has been impacted.

(3)   Given the Group applied the full retrospective method of transitioning to AASB 16, retained earnings has been adjusted on 1st January 2018 of $17.1 million to 
reflect a decrease in equity. At 31 December 2018, the retained earnings adjustment has increased by a further $3.6 million to $20.8 million. The difference 
represents the 2018 profit and loss impact of the new standard.

42

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Cash flows from operating activities

Payments to suppliers and employees

Interest and other costs of finance paid

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Repayment of lease liabilities

Net cash used in financing activities

As originally
presented
$’000

Adjustments 
arising from
AASB 16
$’000

Restated
$’000

(1)

(1)

(1)

(4,369,230)

39,380

(4,329,850)

(26,530)

88,989

(16,040)

(14,214)

25,166

(25,166)

(25,166)

(40,744)

114,155

(25,166)

(41,206)

(1)   Lease payments are now classified within financing activities which were previously operating cash flows. This has led to an increase in cash flows from 

operating activities and an increase in net cash outflows from financing activities.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Balance at 1 January 2018

Profit after tax for the period

As originally
presented
$’000

367,855

99,556

Adjustments 
arising from
AASB 16
$’000

(17,140)

(3,679)

Restated
$’000

350,715

49,276

Closing balance 31 December 2018

401,377

(20,819)

380,558

43

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
2  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

(ii)   Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business 

combinations other than the acquisition of AHG

Other acquisitions made by the Group have required a number 
of judgements and estimates to be made. The Directors have 
judged that no significant intangible assets have been acquired 
in the business combinations other than Goodwill. Additionally 
as part of the acquisition and negotiation process, judgements 
have been made as to the fair value of vehicle and parts 
inventory, warranties and other assets and liabilities acquired.

(iii)   Recoverability of goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite 

useful lives

Goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite useful lives 
of $749,752,000 (2018: $313,325,000) are tested annually for 
impairment, based on estimates made by Directors. The 
recoverable amount of the intangibles is based on the greater of 
‘Value in use’ or ‘Fair value less costs to dispose’. Value in use 
is assessed by the Directors through a discounted cash flow 
analysis which includes significant estimates and assumptions 
related to growth rates, margins, working capital requirements 
and discount rates based on the current cost of capital. Fair 
value less costs of disposal is assessed by the Directors based 
on their knowledge of the industry and any recent market 
transactions. The above figures therefore reflect the estimates 
of the recoverable amounts post any impairment recognised 
during the year. Further information on the impairment test and 
impairments recognised in respect of goodwill and other assets 
can be found in Note 17(a).

(iv)  Leases

The Group adopted AASB 16 Leases from the 1 January 2019 
(see Note 1(aa)). On application the Group has recognised right 
of use assets and lease liabilities in the consolidated statement 
of financial position and depreciation of right of use assets and 
interest on lease liabilities in the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss. Material right of use assets and lease liabilities 
have also been recognised on acquisition of AHG (see note 33(a)).

In applying the standard the directors have made certain 
assumptions and judgements including but not limited to the 
appropriate discount rate on incremental borrowing rates and 
likely exercise of the renewal options. See Note 1(g).

(a)   Critical accounting estimates, assumptions 

and judgements

Estimates, assumptions and judgements are continually 
evaluated and are based on historical experience and other 
factors, including expectations of future events that may have 
a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates, assumptions and judgements 
concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates 
will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The 
estimates, assumptions and judgements that have a significant 
risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities are discussed below:

(i) 

 Acquisition of Automotive Holdings Group (AHG) and provisional 
fair values

The Group completed the acquisition of Automotive Holdings 
Group Limited (AHG Limited) via an all scrip offer during the 
year ended 31 December 2019. On the 19 August 2019 AP Eagers 
declared a relevant interest of 62.5% in the shares of AHG. On 
the 16 September 2019 (the Offer close date) the Group held an 
interest of 91.11%. The Group went on to purchase the remaining 
shares it did not own by 24 October 2019.

The acquisition of AHG falls under the scope of AASB 3 Business 
Combinations. Accounting for acquisitions of businesses is 
complex and requires judgements and/or estimates to be made 
in determining a number matters including but not limited to:

(i)  the date on which the Group achieved control over AHG;

(ii)    which identifiable assets and liabilities were acquired as 

part of the transaction including consideration of intangible 
assets and contingencies not previously recognised in AHG’s 
books;

(iii)   fair values to be attributed to the identifiable assets and 

liabilities assumed .

The determination of fair values requires the use of various 
valuation techniques depending on the nature of the asset or 
liability under consideration and often require assumptions and 
estimates to be made. Assumptions required may include but 
not be limited to: revenue growth rates, cash flows, margins 
and customer retention rates and weighted average cost of 
capital (e.g. for intangibles), replacement cost, residual values 
and useful economic lives as well as physical technological 
and functional obsolescence (e.g. for tangible fixed assets). In 
addition to some of the judgements and estimates required in 
relation to leases noted in Note 2(iv) below, judgements have 
also been made as to whether any “off market” leases exist. 
Overarching this, due to the proximity of acquisition to Group’s 
year end, various balances have been accounted for in the 
Statement of Financial position on a provisional basis as at 31 
December 2019. See Note 33(a).

44

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019(v)  Staff underpayment provision/liability 

(viii)   New and demonstrator vehicle write down to net 

realisable value

In determining the amount of write-downs for new and 
demonstrator vehicle inventory, management has made 
judgements based on the expected net realisable value of 
inventory. Historic experience and current knowledge of the 
products has been used in determining any write-downs to net 
realisable value. Refer to Note 10.

(ix)  Used vehicle write down to net realisable value

In determining the amount of write-downs required for used 
vehicle inventory, management has, in consultation with 
published used vehicle valuations, made judgements based 
on the expected net realisable value of that inventory. Historic 
experience, current knowledge of the products and the 
valuations from an independent used car publication has been 
used in determining any write-downs to net realisable value. 
Refer to Note 10.

On 17 December 2019, AP Eagers announced on the Australian 
Stock Exchange that it had self reported the underpayment 
of employees to Fair Work. AP Eagers engaged independent 
experts to undertake an assessment of AP Eagers’ payroll to 
determine the extent to which past and present employees 
had been impacted. Following the assessment, AP Eagers has 
determined that approximately 6,200 employees have been 
impacted over a seven-year period. The total payment shortfall 
equates to approx $4.5 million plus interest charges.

AP Eagers has commenced a review of AHG’s payments to 
employees following its acquisition of the business in August 
2019. AP Eagers has recorded a provisional contingency on 
acquisition of AHG based on preliminary procedures performed 
and insights gained in assessing its self reported underpayment 
at AP Eagers and certain findings at AHG. The provision 
has been captured as part of the provisional purchase price 
allocation process, with a provision raised on acquisition with a 
corresponding adjustment against goodwill. Given the proximity 
of the acquisition to 31 December 2019, AP Eagers management 
has had to a make a number of judgements and estimates in 
relation to assessing this provision. See Note 33(a).

(vi)  Fair value estimation of land and buildings

Land and buildings (including construction in progress) with 
a carrying value of $267,197,000 (2018: $331,674,000) are 
carried at fair value. Fair value inherently involves estimates 
and judgements to be made. The Directors determine the fair 
value of land and buildings at least annually and if required in 
contemplation of sale. The Directors’ assessment is supported 
by formal independent valuations conducted periodically but at 
least every three years. Further information on the fair value 
estimation of land and buildings can be found in Note 16.

(vii) Deferred Tax Asset

As set out in Note 18 the Group has recorded a provisional 
deferred tax asset of $167,531,000 (2018: $26,800,000) at 31 
December 2019. Recognition and measurement of deferred tax 
assets require certain judgements and assumptions to be made, 
including but not necessarily limited to the expected realisation 
of certain assets and liabilities and the likelihood and timing of 
sufficient profits available in the future (refer to Note 18).

45

ANNUAL REPORT 20193  REVENUE

Set out below is the disaggregation of the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers:

Consolidated Revenue for the year ended 31 December 2019  
for Continuing Operations

Retailing
$’000

Property
$’000

Investments
$’000

Total
$’000

Type of goods or service

New Vehicles

Used Vehicles

Parts

Service

Other

Revenue from external customers

Timing of revenue recognition

At a point in time

Over time

Total revenue from external customers

Geographical markets

Australia

New Zealand

Consolidated Revenue for the year ended 31 December 2018

Type of goods or service

New Vehicles

Used Vehicles

Parts

Service

Other

Revenue from external customers

Timing of revenue recognition

At a point in time

Over time

Total revenue from external customers

Geographical markets

Australia

3,533,450

1,148,797

682,358

417,451

33,804

5,815,860

5,398,409

417,451

5,815,860

5,639,298

176,562

-

-

-

-

1,054

1,054

1,054

-

1,054

-

-

-

-

65

65

65

-

65

3,533,450

1,148,797

682,358

417,451

34,923

5,816,979

5,399,528

417,451

5,816,979

1,054

65

5,640,417

176,562

Retailing
$’000

Property
$’000

Investments
$’000

Total
$’000

2,613,228

688,655

502,019

258,862

35,818

4,098,582

3,839,720

258,862

4,098,582

-

-

-

-

352

352

352

-

352

-

-

-

-

13,868

13,868

2,613,228

688,655

502,019

258,862

50,038

4,112,802

13,868

3,853,940

-

258,862

13,868

4,112,802

4,098,582

352

13,868

4,112,802

46

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019 
 
 
 
4  OTHER GAINS

Gain on disposal of non-financial assets

Gain on remeasurement of previously held equity accounting investment in AHG

Derecognition of contingent consideration

Reversal of impairment of land and buildings

Gains on disposal of properties

Gain on disposal of businesses

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

6,715

65,061

19,674

-

14,457

19,709

125,616

2018 
$’000

-

-

-

2,433

3,554

2,505

8,492

47

ANNUAL REPORT 20195  EXPENSES

(a)  Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:

Depreciation

Buildings

Plant and equipment

Leasehold improvements

Right-of-use asset depreciation

Total depreciation

Amortisation

Brand names

Total amortisation

Total Depreciation and Amortisation

Finance costs

Vehicle bailment

Interest on lease liabilities

Other

Total finance expense

Superannuation

Provision expenses

Inventory

  Allowance for expected credit losses

Share-based payments

Business acquisition costs

Business restructuring costs

(b)  Impairment of non-current assets

Impairment of goodwill

Impairment of right-of-use Asset

Impairment of fixed Assets

Amount attributable to discontinued operations (refer to Note 33(d))

48

Note

16

16

16

15(a)

17

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

RESTATED
2018 
$’000

3,344

22,270

1,695

67,908

95,217

3,679

9,867

2,056

30,496

46,098

-

-

39

39

95,217

46,137

24,603

27,475

13,491

65,569

14,631

14,214

11,899

40,744

49,100

29,119

4,256

114

4,370

1,906

12,520

4,442

209,238

32,800

2,887

244,925

34,267

3,159

188

3,347

391

680

-

-

-

-

-

-

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019 
6 

INCOME TAX

(a)  Income tax expense

Current income tax expense

Deferred income tax expense/(benefit)

Deferred income tax expense/(benefit) included in income tax expense comprises:

In respect of the current year

Closing balance

Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

(b)  Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable

Profit before income tax expense

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30.0% (2018 - 30.0%)

Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable) in calculating taxable income:

Non current asset impairment

Derecognition of carry forward losses

Non deductible accounting adjustments

Non assessable accounting gain on derecognition of contingent consideration

Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions

Non deductible capital expenditure

Non-taxable dividends

Non allowable expenses

Property (revaluation) / impairment

Non assessable accounting gain on remeasurement of previously held equity interest in AHG

Application of current year capital losses against current year capital gains

Sundry items

Income tax expense

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

58,059

(40,883)

17,176

(40,883)

(40,883)

29,888

1,018

30,906

1,018

1,018

18

(63,304)

128,402

(18,991)

38,521

62,915

3,113

(3,336)

(5,902)

(40)

2,366

(2,460)

759

-

(19,518)

(264)

(1,466)

17,176

-

-

-

-

-

173

(4,161)

532

(730)

-

(2,760)

(669)

30,906

(c)  Tax (expense)/benefit relating to items of other comprehensive income

Aggregate deferred tax arising in the reporting period and recognised in other comprehensive 
income

(25,686)

26,648

49

ANNUAL REPORT 20197  DIVIDENDS

(a)  Ordinary dividends fully franked based on tax paid @ 30%

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2018 of 22.5 cents per share (2017: 22.5 cents)  
paid on 18 April 2019

Interim dividend of 14.0 cents (2018: 14.0 cents) per share paid on 17 October 2019

Total dividends paid

Dividends paid in cash or satisfied by the issue of shares under the dividend reinvestment  
plan during the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Paid in cash

(b)  Dividends not recognised at year end

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

43,045

35,035

78,080

43,045

26,783

69,828

78,080

69,828

In addition to the above dividends, since year end the Directors have recommended the payment of a 
final dividend of 22.5 cents per share, fully franked based on tax paid at 30%. The aggregate amount of 
the proposed dividend expected to be paid on 20 April 2020 out of the retained profits at 31 December 
2019 but not recognised as a liability at year end is:

57,810

43,045

(c)  Franked dividends

The final dividend recommended after 31 December 2019 will be franked out of existing franking credits 
or out of franking credits arising from the payment of income tax in the year ending 31 December 2019.
Franking credits available for subsequent reporting periods based on a tax rate of 30.0% (2018: 30.0%)

312,042

181,877

The above amounts represent the balances of the franking account as at the end of the financial year, adjusted for:

(a)  franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date, and

(b)  franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.

Impact on franking credits of dividends not recognised

(24,776)

(18,448)

8  CURRENT ASSETS – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Current assets

Cash at bank and on hand

Short term deposits

Cash flows of discontinued operations

Total cash and cash equivalents

94,170

18,868

2

94,172

7,363

101,535

-

18,868

-

18,868

The above figures are reconciled to cash at the end of the financial year as shown in the statement of cash flows.

50

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 20199  CURRENT ASSETS – TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade and other receivables

Allowance for expected credit losses

(a) The ageing of trade receivables at 31 December 2019 is detailed below:

Not past due

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31 days plus

Total

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

314,411

158,950

(4,256)

(2,664)

310,155

156,286

            CONSOLIDATED

2019

2018

Gross 
$’000

Provision 
$’000

265,983

30,232

18,196

314,411

2,403

171

1,682

4,256

Gross 
$’000

147,220

6,837

4,893

158,950

Provision 
$’000

2,004

171

489

2,664

Included in the Group’s trade receivables balance are debtors with a net carrying amount of $46,575,000 (2018: $11,070,000) which are 
past due at the reporting date. The Group has applied the expected credit losses methodology to these trade receivables, in line with 
AASB 9. The average age of these receivables is 63 days (2018: 62 days).

(b) Movement in expected credit losses

Opening balance

Additional provisions

Addition due to acquisitions

Amounts written off during the year

Closing balance

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2,664

653

1,214

(275)

4,256

2018 
$’000

2,622

188

-

(146)

2,664

The Group applies the simplified approach permitted by AASB 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial 
recognition of the receivable. The expected credit losses on these financial assets are estimated using a provision matrix based on the 
Group’s historical credit losses experience. In line with this, the Group has provided 10% for all receivables over 90 days and 2.5% of 
total trade receivables excluding motor vehicle debtors.

51

ANNUAL REPORT 201910  CURRENT ASSETS – INVENTORIES

New and demonstrator motor vehicles & trucks - bailment stock - at cost

Less: Write-down to net realisable value

Used vehicles & trucks - at cost

Less: Write-down to net realisable value

Parts and other consumables - at cost

Less: Write-down to net realisable value

Total inventories

 11  CURRENT ASSETS – OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

1,077,479

519,795

(31,525)

(8,022)

1,045,954

511,773

287,923

(21,112)

266,811

160,396

(10,486)

149,910

110,379

(5,209)

105,170

75,653

(2,429)

73,224

1,462,675

690,167

Prepayments and deposits

23,214

12,617

12  NON-CURRENT ASSETS – RECEIVABLES

Other loans receivable

30,893

8,303

13  NON-CURRENT ASSETS – FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Shares in a listed company - Automotive Holdings Group Limited (1)

Shares in an unlisted company - Dealercell Holdings Pty Limited (2)

Shares in an unlisted company - AHG Property Syndicate No. 1 Unit Trust (3)

-

588

1,778

2,366

149,186

588

-

149,774

(1)   The Directors assessed the fair value of the investment as at 31 December 2018 based on the market price of the shares on the last trading day of the reporting 

period. This is a level 1 fair value measurement asset being derived from inputs based on quoted prices that are observable.

(2)   The Directors have assessed the fair value of the investment as at 31 December 2019 is materially consistent with its cost of acquisition. This is a level 3 fair 

value measurement asset being derived from inputs other than quoted prices that are unobservable from the asset either directly or indirectly.

(3)   The Directors have assessed the fair value of the investment as at 31 December 2019 is materially consistent with its cost of acquisition. This is a level 3 fair 

value measurement asset being derived from inputs other than quoted prices that are unobservable from the asset either directly or indirectly.

52

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Valuation of Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Details of the Group’s assets held at fair value through other comprehensive income and information about the fair value hierarchy as at 
31 December 2019 are as follows:

Unobservable inputs used in determination of fair values

Class of Financial Assets  
and Liabilities

Level 1 Financial assets at 
fair value through other 
comprehensive income - 
Listed entities

Level 3 Financial assets at 
fair value through other 
comprehensive income - 
Unlisted

Carrying
Amount
31/12/19
$’000

-

Carrying
Amount
31/12/18
$’000

149,186

Valuation Technique

Key Input

Quoted bid prices in an  
active market.

Quoted bid prices in an active market.

2,366

588 Net asset assessment and 

available bid prices from  
equity participants

Pre tax operating margin taking into 
account managements' experience and 
knowledge of market conditions and 
financial position. Market information 
based on available bid prices

There were no transfers between levels in the year.

14  NON-CURRENT ASSETS – INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

Shares in associate - Norna Limited

Shares in associate - Vehicle Parts (WA) Pty Ltd

Shares in associate - DealerMotive Limited

Shares in associate - Mazda Parts

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

-

1,127

15,629

50

16,806

2018 
$’000

1,620

-

10,457

-

12,077

Investments in associates are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting  
(refer Note 43).

Reconciliation of the carrying amount of investment in associate is set out in Note 43(b).

53

ANNUAL REPORT 2019            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

999,822

13,279

222,759

-

1,013,101

222,759

Property
$’000

Equipment
$’000

Total
$’000

222,759

(58)

2,808

-

-

-

222,759

(58)

2,808

887,253

14,091

901,344

(13,044)

(67,096)

(32,800)

-

(812)

-

(13,044)

(67,908)

(32,800)

999,822

13,279

1,013,101

231,903

3,745

17,607

(30,496)

222,759

-

-

-

-

-

231,903

3,745

17,607

(30,496)

222,759

15  RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS AND LEASE LIABILITIES

(a)  Leases

(i)  Amounts recognised in the balance sheet

The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Right-of-use assets

Property

Equipment

CONSOLIDATED ENTITY

Year ended 31 December 2019

Opening net book amount

Exchange differences

Rent Reviews

Additions

Disposals/Transfers

Depreciation/amortisation charge

Impairment loss

Closing net book amount

CONSOLIDATED ENTITY

Year ended 31 December 2018

Opening net book amount

Rent Reviews

Additions

Depreciation/amortisation charge

Closing net book amount

54

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Lease liabilities

Current

Non-current

(ii)  Maturity Analysis of contracted undiscounted cashflows

Maturity Analysis

Not later than one year

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years

Later than 5 years

Total

(iii) Amounts recognised in the statement of profit or loss

The statement of profit or loss shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets

Properties

Equipment

Interest expense (included in finance cost)

Expense relating to short-term leases (included in other expenses)

CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

RESTATED
2018 
$’000

Notes

171,675

1,020,882

1,192,557

44,596

207,906

252,502

171,675

627,756

674,365

1,473,796

44,596

148,445

119,587

312,628

5

5

67,096

812

67,908

27,475

2,064

30,496

-

30,496

14,214

1,432

In addition to the above lease payments is a minimum lease payment of $32.8 million committed to within 2-5 years, under a non-
cancellable lease that has not yet commenced. The lease relates to vacant land for future development and is expected to commence in 
December 2020. The lease agreement contains an option to prepay the lease at the end of the first 12 months after commencement instead 
of regular monthly lease payments. The Directors have not yet made a decision over the rent payment options as outlined in the contract.

(iv)  The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by 
the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the 
lease year so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each year. The right-of-use 
asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value 
of the following lease payments:

 >

 >

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable

variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate

55

ANNUAL REPORT 201915  RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS AND LEASE LIABILITIES CONTINUED

(a)  Leases continued

(iv)  The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for continued

 >

 >

 >

amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees

the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be determined, or the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

 >

 >

 >

 >

the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received

any initial direct costs, and

restoration costs.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in 
profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small 
items of office furniture.

(v)  Extension and termination options

Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and equipment leases across the Group. These terms are 
used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing contracts. The majority of extension and termination options held are 
exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor.

Critical judgements in determining the lease term

In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise 
an extension option, or not exercise a termination option. The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in 
circumstances occurs which affects this assessment.

16  NON-CURRENT ASSETS - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Freehold land and buildings - at fair value

Directors’ valuation
Land
Buildings
Total land and buildings

Construction in progress - at cost

Construction in progress

Leasehold improvements

At cost
Accumulated depreciation
Total leasehold improvements

Plant and equipment

At cost
Accumulated depreciation
Total plant and equipment

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

176,031
76,713
252,744

220,304
107,018
327,322

14,453

4,352

100,566
(60,363)
40,203

326,519
(158,504)
168,015

22,874
(9,020)
13,854

96,033
(53,154)
42,879

Total property, plant and equipment

475,415

388,407

56

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Valuation of land and buildings

The basis of the Directors’ valuation of land and buildings is the assessed fair value, being the amounts for which the assets could 
be exchanged between willing parties in an arm’s length transaction at balance date, based on current prices in an active market for 
similar properties in the same location and condition. The assessed fair value is supported by periodic, but at least triennial valuations, 
by external third party valuers. The 2019 valuations were made by the Directors based on their assessment of prevailing market 
conditions and supported by fair value information received from independent expert property valuers on certain properties and the 
Group’s own market activities and market knowledge.

Details of the Group’s freehold land and buildings and information about the fair value hierarchy as at 31 December 2019 are as follows:

Unobservable inputs used in determination of fair values

Class of 
Assets & 
Liabilities

Level 3  
Car – HBU 
Alternate 
Use

Level 3  
Car 
Dealership

Carrying 
Amount 
31/12/19 
$’000

Carrying 
Amount 
31/12/18 
$’000

Valuation 
Technique

46,055

74,821 Direct 

comparison

Key Input

Input

External 
valuations

Price 
/sqm land

179,294

210,566 Summation 

method, 
income 
capitalisation 
and direct 
comparison

External 
valuations 
industry 
benchmarks

Capitali-
sation rate

Average 
6.5%

Average / 
Range  
2019

Average / 
Range  
2018

Average 
$3,054 
/sqm

Range 
$1,239 -  
$5,064 
/sqm

Average 
$2,261 
/sqm

Range 
$1,240 -  
$3,990 
/sqm

Average 
7.2%

Range  
4.9% - 9.3%

Range  
3.3% - 12.3%

Other Key 
Information

Land size

Net rent 
 / sqm  
Land

Net rent 
 /sqm  
GBA

Range 
(weighted 
average)  
2019

Range 
(weighted 
average)  
2018

Average 
3,005 sqm

Average 
5,516 sqm

Range  
2,015 - 
4,853 sqm

Range  
2,015 -  
18,070 sqm

Average 
$94/sqm

Average 
$98/sqm

Range  
$28 - $330 
/sqm

Range  
$25 - $297 
/sqm

Average 
$209/sqm

Average 
$211/sqm

Range  
$93 -  
$1,662 
/sqm

Range  
$106 -  
$1,573 
/sqm

Level 3  
Truck 
Dealership

20,233

24,778 Direct 

comparison

External 
valuations

Price 
/sqm land 
Price 
/sqm GBA

Average 
$415 
/sqm

Average 
$443 
/sqm

Land size

Average 
24,353 sqm

Average 
18,641 sqm

Range  
$278 - $538 
/sqm

Range  
$282 - $596 
/sqm

Range 
23,006 -  
25,700 sqm

Range  
7,218 -  
25,700 sqm

Net rent 
/sqm land

Average 
$29/sqm

Range  
$18 - $39 
/sqm

Capitali-
sation rate

Average 
6.9%

Average 
$22/sqm

Range  
$17 - $27 
/sqm

Average 
4.9%

Range  
6.4% - 7.2%

Range  
4.4% - 6.2%

Level 3 
Other 
Logistics

7,162

17,157 Income 

capitalisation 
method 
supported by 
market 
comparison

Total

252,744

327,322

External 
valuations

Capitali-
sation rate

Average 
6.7%

Average 
5.6%

Net rent  
/sqm GBA

Average 
$191/sqm

Average 
$109/sqm

Range 
7.8% - 8.0%

Range  
3.9% - 7.9%

Range  
$144 - $215 
/sqm

Range  
$79 - $179 
/sqm

There were no transfers between levels in the year.

Explanation of asset classes: Car - Higher and Best Use (HBU) alternate use refers to properties currently operated as car dealerships 
which have a HBU greater than that of a car dealership; Car Dealership refers to properties operating as car dealerships with a HBU 
consistent with that use; Truck Dealership refers to properties being operated as truck dealerships with a HBU consistent with that use; 
Other Logistics are industrial properties used for parts warehousing and vehicle logistics.

57

ANNUAL REPORT 201916  NON-CURRENTS ASSETS - PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT CONTINUED

Carrying amounts that would have been recognised if land and buildings were stated at cost

If freehold land was carried at historical cost, its current carrying value would be $134,562,000 (2018: $146,186,000). If freehold 
buildings were carried at historical cost, its current carrying value (after depreciation) would be $76,713,000 (2018: $107,018,000).

Non-current assets pledged as security

Refer to Note 25 for information on non-current assets pledged as security by the Group.

Reconciliations

Reconciliation of the carrying amounts of each class of property, plant and equipment at the beginning and end of the year is set out below:

Consolidated 2019

Opening net book amount

Transfers

Exchange differences

Additions

Revaluation gain recognised in asset 
revaluation reserve

Freehold
land
$’000

220,304

-

-

18,945

13,769

Freehold
buildings
$’000

107,018

Construction
in progress
$’000

4,352

5,042

(16,260)

-

182

-

6

-

Disposals/Transfers

(76,987)

(32,185)

(4,215)

Depreciation/amortisation charge

Impairment loss

-

-

(3,344)

-

-

-

Leasehold
improve-
ments
$’000

13,854

10,722

143

Plant and
equipment
$’000

Total
$’000

42,879

388,407

496

85

-

234

30,570

24,163

159,933

233,793

-

(4,097)

(1,695)

(2,887)

-

13,769

(13,108)

(130,592)

(22,270)

(27,309)

-

(2,887)

Carrying amount at end of year

176,031

76,713

14,453

40,203

168,015

475,415

Consolidated 2018

Opening net book amount

199,489

106,860

Additions

Disposals/Transfers

Revaluation gain recognised in asset 
revaluation reserve

Revaluation recognised in profit and loss

14,018

(6,902)

11,266

2,433

4,929

(1,092)

-

-

Depreciation/amortisation charge

-

(3,679)

223

5,200

(1,071)

-

-

-

Carrying amount at end of year

220,304

107,018

4,352

16,909

4,253

(5,252)

-

-

(2,056)

13,854

37,640

16,619

(1,513)

-

-

(9,867)

42,879

361,121

45,019

(15,830)

11,266

2,433

(15,602)

388,407

58

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019 
17  NON-CURRENT ASSETS – INTANGIBLES

Goodwill

Trade marks/brand names

Customer Relationships

Movement - Goodwill

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Additional amounts recognised:

Acquired through business combinations during the year (Note 33(a) and (b))

Less: Impairment during the year 

Less: Disposal of businesses

Balance at the end of the financial year

Movement - Trade marks/brand names

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Amortisation of brand names

Acquired through business combinations during the year (Note 33(a))

Balance at the end of the financial year

Movement - Customer Relationships

Acquired through business combinations during the year (Note 33(a))

Balance at the end of the financial year

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

742,787

6,965

8,985

2018 
$’000

306,783

6,542

-

758,737

313,325

306,783

302,833

670,495

(209,238)

(25,253)

742,787

3,950

-

-

306,783

6,542

-

423

6,965

8,985

8,985

6,581

(39)

-

6,542

-

-

(a)  Impairment tests for goodwill

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the consolidated entity’s cash generating units (CGU), or groups 
of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combinations. Each unit or groups of units to which goodwill is allocated 
represents the lowest level at which assets are monitored for internal management purposes. Prior to the acquisition of AHG, the 
Group had four CGUs in the Car Automotive segment grouped by state(s) (QLD & NT, NSW, VIC & TAS, SA) and one national CGU for the 
Truck segment.

Subsequent to the acquisition of AHG, the number of CGU’s within the Car Retailing segment has expanded to eight, grouped by the 
operating regions (QLD & NT, NSW, VIC & TAS, SA, WA, NZ), National Used and Finance. APE’s existing CGU’s remained unchanged, 
with the lowest level for which there are independent cash inflows determined to be on an operating region or State basis. The 
acquisition of AHG brought two further regions into the Group, being WA and NZ. AHG also has a National Used and Finance business 
which APE has determined as separate CGU’s.

The Trucks segment remains as one CGU.

AHG’s Refrigerated Logistics business has been classified as a Non-Current Asset Held for Sale immediately upon acquisition. No 
Goodwill was allocated to this CGU on acquisition based on the estimated fair value of the business at that date (refer to Note 32).

59

ANNUAL REPORT 201917  NON-CURRENT ASSETS – INTANGIBLES CONTINUED

(a)  Impairment tests for goodwill continued

A segment-level summary of the goodwill allocation is presented as follows:

Car retailing operations:

Goodwill

Trade marks/brand names

Customer Relationships

Truck retailing operations:

Goodwill

Trade marks/brand names

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

705,055

5,915

8,985

298,633

5,492

-

719,955

304,125

37,732

1,050

38,782

8,150

1,050

9,200

758,737

313,325

The recoverable amount of a CGU or group of CGUs to which goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets is allocated is 
determined based on the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. Fair value is determined as being the amount 
obtainable from the sale of a CGU in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties at balance date. If relevant, 
this fair value assessment less costs of disposal is conducted by the Directors based on their extensive knowledge of the automotive 
and truck retailing industry including the current market conditions prevailing in the industry. With the exception of the National Used 
CGU, the value in use assessment is conducted using a discounted cash flow (DCF) methodology requiring the Directors to estimate the 
discounted future cash flows expected to arise from the cash generating units. The recoverable amount for the National Used CGU was 
determined based on the Directors’ estimate of the fair value less costs of disposal.

The DCF models adopted by Directors were based on the CGUs last twelve months performance, forecast for 5 years with a growth rate 
ranging from 0% to 1.5% and a terminal growth rate of 1.5% applied to year 5. The forecast growth rate and terminal growth rate have 
been based on consideration of historical performance and expected future operating conditions and growth rates are not deemed to 
exceed the long term average growth rate for the industry. A pre-tax discount rate of 11.3% (2018: 11.0%) was applied to the cashflows. 
Downside sensitivity analysis has been performed on the assumptions used in the model, including increasing discount rates by up to 
2% and flexing growth scenarios to no growth and -3% growth.

Car Retailing Operations

Impairment testing identified that the carrying value of the VIC & TAS, WA and National Used CGUs exceeded their recoverable amount. 
A $197.6 million impairment expense was recognised in the current period against goodwill in respect of goodwill allocated to those 
CGUs; VIC & TAS ($83.3 million), WA ($104.0 million) and National Used ($10.3 million). An impairment loss of $2.9 million and $33.3 
million was additionally recorded against certain property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets respectively in the National 
Used CGU and Finance CGU, refer to Note 5. The total impairment expense of $234.1 million in the Car Retailing segment reflects 
challenging trading conditions and was impacted by a higher fair value of consideration on acquisition compared to the fair value of 
consideration on the date of the offer, driven by a significant increase in AHG’s share price subsequent to the original offer.

For the Car Retailing operations, the Directors believe that any reasonable change in the key assumptions on which the recoverable 
amount is based may cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount for the CGUs impaired in 2019 may result in further 
impairment.

The Directors believe that there is sufficient headroom on the other CGUs to absorb reasonable changes in key assumptions subject to 
the below.

60

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Management are still assessing the impact on the Car Retailing segment and its CGUs of General Motors announcement on 18 
February 2020 to wind down Holden vehicle sales in Australia and New Zealand by 2021, whilst maintaining Holden service outlets to 
support existing Holden customers with warranty claims, spare parts, servicing and recalls for ten years. Given the proximity of the 
announcement to the release of the 31 December 2019 financial statements and the uncertainty of any compensation arrangements, 
management is not able to reliably determine the financial impact or reasonably adjust our key assumptions (refer to Note 37). 
Notwithstanding, should the compensation arrangements offered by General Motors and other future mitigating initiatives undertaken 
by the Group, such as substitution of other franchises into affected dealerships, not sufficiently replace the cash flows assumed in the 
appropriate time frame, then it is possible that additional impairment could result in the Car Retailing segment.

Truck Retailing Operations

Impairment testing identified the carrying value of the National Trucks CGU exceeded the recoverable amount. An $11.6 million 
impairment expense was recognised in the current period against goodwill, refer to Note 5. The impairment loss in the Truck Retailing 
segment is as a result of challenging trading conditions. For the Truck operations, the Directors also believe that any reasonable 
change in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount is based may cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable 
amount of the segment and may result in further impairment.

(b)  Impairment charge

The Directors’ assessment in 2019 determined that goodwill was impaired in the Car and Truck Retailing segments to the extent of 
$197.6m (2018: $nil) and $11.6 million (2018: $nil) respectively. Additionally, an impairment loss of $2.9 million (2018: $nil) and $33.3 
million (2018: $nil) was recorded against certain property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets respectively, resulting in a total 
impairment loss for the year of $244.9 million, refer to Note 5.

61

ANNUAL REPORT 201918  NON-CURRENT ASSETS - DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

Deferred tax assets

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Amounts recognised in profit or loss
Book versus tax carrying value of plant and equipment
Leases
Deferred Income
Blackhole Costs
Inventory valuation
Prepayments
Tax losses
Provisions

Expected credit losses
Employee benefits
Other

Sundry items
Total amounts recognised in profit or loss

Amounts recognised directly in equity
Revaluation of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Revaluation of property, plant and equipment
Hedge liability
Share options trust
Total amounts recognised directly in equity

The deferred tax expense included in income tax expense in respect of the above 
temporary differences resulted from the following movements:
Opening balance at 1 January 2019
Deferred tax (expense)/benefit
Current year adjustments related to prior year deferred tax

Deferred tax recognised directly in equity

Revaluation of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Revaluation of property, plant and equipment
Movement in fair value of cash flow hedge
Share options trust

Deferred tax recognised through a business combination

Deferred tax assets relating to business combinations
Deferred tax assets relating to PPA adjustments

Closing balance at 31 December 2019

6(a)

31(a)
31(a)
31(a)
31(a)

Notes

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

167,531

2018 
$’000

26,766

32,279
53,954
6,687
3,890
5,722
(1,659)
17,332

1,187
33,018
11,598
12,064
176,072

(257)
(17,190)
-
8,906
(8,541)

26,766
40,883
(161)

(21,544)
(4,131)
(11)
7,567

69,516
48,646
167,531

754
8,922
-
-
(6,274)
(1,931)
-

808
15,889
-
5,456
23,624

21,434
(20,763)
10
2,461
3,142

5,073
(1,018)
(78)

30,059
(3,380)
(31)
(3,973)

114
-
26,766

 (i)   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. The following is 
the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets
Net deferred tax asset

(19,106)
186,637
167,531

(28,968)
55,734
26,766

(ii)   At the reporting date, the Group has unused revenue tax losses of $57.5 million (2018: $ nil) available for offset against future profits. A deferred tax asset has 
been recognised in respect of $17.3 million (2018: $ nil) of such losses. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of capital losses of $27.8 million 
(2018: $ nil) as it is not considered probable that there will be future capital gains available. Other losses may be carried forward indefinitely.

62

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 201919  CURRENT LIABILITIES – TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade and other payables

Trade payables (1)

Other payables

(1)  The average credit period on purchases of goods is 30 days. 

  No interest is charged on trade payables from the date of invoice. 

The Group has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within the credit timeframe.

20  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Current liabilities

Interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges

Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities

Total non-current derivative financial instrument liabilities

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

166,760

204,687

371,447

66,853

79,064

145,917

-

-

-

-

35

35

-

35

The Group is party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business in order to hedge exposure to fluctuations in 
interest rates in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policies (refer to Note 32).

Bailment finance of the Group currently bears an average variable interest rate at 31 December 2019 of 3.06% (2018: 4.43%). As per 
Group policy bailment finance is not hedged.

The interest rate swaps currently in place are providing a fixed rate of interest on the variable cash advances drawn down under 
the term facility. The swap contracts in place cover approximately 0% (2018: 6%) of the term facility outstanding at the year end. The 
contracts require settlement of net interest receivable or payable each 30 days.

The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instruments at fair value is deferred in equity in the hedging reserve to the extent that 
the hedge is effective and re-classified into profit or loss when the hedged interest expense is recognised. The ineffective portion is 
recognised in profit or loss immediately. At balance date, a gain from remeasuring the hedging instruments at fair value of $nil (2018: 
$35,000) has been recognised in equity in the hedging reserve (Note 30(iii)). No portion was ineffective.

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

Details of the Group’s derivative financial instruments and information about the fair value hierarchy as at 31 December 2019 are as follows:

Class of  
Financial Assets and Liabilities

Level 2 Cash flow hedges –  
Interest rate swaps

Unobservable inputs used in determination of fair values

Carrying
Amount
31/12/19
$’000

Carrying
Amount
31/12/18
$’000

Valuation 
Technique

Key Input

-

35 Discounted cash 

flow

Future cash flows are estimated based on 
forward interest rates (from observable 
yield curves at the end of the reporting 
period) and contract interest rates, 
discounted at a rate that reflects the credit 
risk of various counterparties.

There were no transfers between levels in the year.

63

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
21  CURRENT LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS - BAILMENT AND OTHER CURRENT LOANS

Bailment finance

Bank loans

Capital loan

(i)  Bailment finance

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

1,281,947

570,273

26,000

2,206

1,310,153

-

1,342

571,615

Bailment finance is provided on a vehicle by vehicle basis by various finance providers at an average interest rate of 3.06% p.a. 
applicable at 31 December 2019 (2018: 4.43%). Bailment finance is repayable within a short period after the vehicle is sold to a third 
party, generally within 48 hours.

(ii)  Interest rate risk exposures

Details of the Group’s exposure to interest rate changes on interest bearing liabilities is set out in Note 32.

(iii)  Fair value disclosures

Details of the Group’s fair value of interest bearing liabilities is set out in Note 32.

(iv)  Security

Details of the security relating to each of the secured liabilities and further information on bank loans is set out in Note 25.

22  CURRENT LIABILITIES – CURRENT TAX LIABILITIES

Income tax

25,224

2,190

23  CURRENT LIABILITIES – PROVISIONS

Annual Leave

Long Service Leave

24  CURRENT LIABILITIES – OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Current liabilities - Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue

56,603

50,543

107,146

24,287

24,194

48,481

43,739

5,862

Deferred revenue relates to recognition of revenue in accordance with the performance obligations in certain Warranty and  
Buyback contracts.

64

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 201925  NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES – BORROWINGS (SECURED)

(a)  Borrowings – others

Term facility

Capital loan

SECURED LIABILITIES

Total secured liabilities (current and non-current) are: 

Term facility (i)

Capital loan (ii)

Bailment finance (iii)

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

306,313

75,572

381,885

2018 
$’000

235,700

76,914

312,614

332,313

77,778

1,281,947

1,692,038

235,700

78,256

570,273

884,229

(i) 

 The term facility is secured by a general security agreement which includes registered first mortgages held by a security trustee over specific freehold land 
and buildings and a general charge over assets. This excludes new and used inventory and related receivables, letter of set off given by and on account of the 
parent entity and its subsidiaries, and a Corporate Guarantee and Indemnity unlimited as to amount given by the parent entity and its subsidiaries.

(ii)   The capital loan is secured by registered first mortgages given by subsidiaries over specific freehold land and buildings, letter of set off given by and on account 

of the parent entity and its subsidiaries, and a Corporate Guarantee and Indemnity unlimited as to amount given by the parent entity and its subsidiaries.

(iii)   Vehicle bailment finance reflects a liability payable to the consolidated entity’s bailment financiers. This liability is represented by and secured over debtors 

included in current assets receivables in respect of recent vehicle deliveries to customers, and by new vehicles, demonstrator vehicles and some used vehicles 
all included in inventories (bailment stock). Refer to Note 10.

Refer to Note 32 for maturities.

65

ANNUAL REPORT 201925  NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES – BORROWINGS (SECURED) CONTINUED

ASSETS PLEDGED AS SECURITY

The carrying amounts of assets pledged as security are:

Non-current assets pledged as security

Freehold land and buildings - first mortgage

Other non-current assets

Current assets pledged as security

Inventories

Other current assets

Total assets pledged as security

FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

The consolidated entity has access to the following lines of credit at balance date:

Total facilities

Term facility (i)

Working capital facility (includes bank overdraft) (ii)

Capital loan (iii)

Bailment finance (iv)

Bank guarantees

Drawn at balance date

Term facility

Capital loan

Bailment finance

Bank guarantees

Undrawn at balance date

Term facility

Working capital facility (includes bank overdraft)

Bailment finance

Bank guarantees

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

265,089

771,815

1,281,947

688,817

329,674

540,214

570,273

146,765

3,007,668

1,586,926

398,000

290,000

31,500

76,914

1,452,374

61,453

25,000

78,256

767,469

27,018

2,020,241

1,187,743

332,125

76,914

1,281,946

53,841

1,744,826

65,875

31,500

170,428

7,612

275,415

235,700

78,256

570,273

15,176

899,405

54,300

25,000

197,196

11,842

288,338

(i)  Term facility at balance date was provided on a non-amortisable (interest only) basis subject to compliance with specific covenants for a fixed term.

(ii)   Working capital facility at balance date was provided on a non-amortisable (interest only) basis subject to compliance with specific covenants and an annual review.

(iii) Capital loan facility at balance date was provided on a non-amortisable (interest only) basis for a fixed term.

(iv)   Bailment facilities are used to finance the acquisition of new vehicle and some used vehicle trading stock. These facilities include a combination of fixed term 
and open ended arrangements and are subject to review periods ranging from quarterly to annual. These facilities generally include short term termination 
notice periods and are disclosed as current liabilities in the statement of financial position.

66

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 201926  NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES - PROVISIONS

Long Service Leave

Other provisions

         CONSOLIDATED

2019
$’000

6,234

43,783

50,017

2018
$’000

5,052

-

5,052

Other provisions balance held at reporting date relates to certain buyback arrangements within the Group.

27  NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES - DEFERRED REVENUE

Deferred revenue

43,804

-

Deferred revenue relates to recognition of revenue in accordance with the performance obligations in certain Warranty and Buyback 
contracts.

28  NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES - OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other (contingent consideration)

-

19,422

Other non-current liabilities represent the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration relating to the acquisition of Birrell 
Motors Group. The purchase consideration for the acquisition of Birrell Motors Group included a contingent consideration amount 
payable up to a maximum value of $19,800,000, contingent on Birrell Motors Group achieving future earnings performance targets for 
2018 and 2019. The business did not achieve the earnings performance targets for 2018 and 2019, therefore the contingent consideration 
has been released as an extraordinary gain in the financial year ended 31 December 2019, refer to Note 4. The associated goodwill 
balance was reviewed for impairment within the VIC & TAS CGU, refer to Note 17(a).

67

ANNUAL REPORT 201929  SEGMENT INFORMATION

(b)  Truck Retailing

Within the Truck Retail segment, the consolidated entity offers a 
diversified range of products and services, including new trucks, 
used trucks, truck maintenance and repair services, truck 
parts, extended service contracts, truck protection products and 
other aftermarket products. They also facilitate financing for 
truck purchases through third-party sources. New trucks, truck 
parts, and maintenance services are predominantly supplied in 
accordance with franchise agreements with manufacturers.

(c)  Property

Within the Property segment, the consolidated entity acquires 
commercial properties principally for use as facility premises 
for its motor dealership operations. The Property segment 
charges the Car Retailing segment commercial rentals for 
owned properties occupied by that segment. The Property 
segment reports property assets at fair value, based on annual 
assessments by the Directors supported by periodic, but at least 
triennial valuations by external independent valuers. Revaluation 
increments arising from fair value adjustments are reported 
internally and assessed by the chief operating decision maker as 
profit adjustments in assessing the overall returns generated by 
this segment to the consolidated entity.

(d)  Investments

This segment includes the Groups investments in DealerMotive 
Limited, Automotive Holdings Group Limited and Dealercell 
Holdings Pty Limited.

Geographic Information

The Group operates in two principal geographic locations, being 
Australia and New Zealand.

Segments are identified on the basis of internal reports about 
components of the consolidated entity that are regularly 
reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, being the Board 
of Directors, in order to allocate resources to the segment and 
to assess its performance.

The consolidated entity operates in four operating and reporting 
segments being (a) Car Retailing (b) Truck Retailing (c) Property 
and (d) Investments, these being identified on the basis of 
being the components of the consolidated entity that are 
regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker for 
the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of segment 
performance. Information regarding the consolidated entity’s 
reporting segments is presented below.

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the 
same as the Group’s accounting policies as described in Note 
1 with the exception of all changes in fair value of property and 
investments being recognised as profit or loss adjustments 
for segment reporting purposes. This compares to the Group 
policy of crediting increments to property plant and equipment 
and investment reserves in equity (refer Note 1(n)). Segment 
profit represents the profit earned by each segment without 
allocation of unrecouped corporate / head office costs and 
income tax. External bailment is allocated to the Car Retailing 
and Truck Retailing segments. Funding costs in relation to 
bills payable are allocated to the Car Retailing, Truck Retailing, 
Property, and Investment segments based on notional market 
based covenant levels.

This is the measure reported to the chief operating decision 
maker for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment 
of segment performance. For the purpose of monitoring 
segment performance and allocating resources between 
segments, the chief operating decision maker monitors the 
tangible, intangible, and financial assets attributable to each 
segment. All assets are allocated to reportable segments.

(a)  Car Retailing

Within the Car Retail segment, the consolidated entity offers a 
diversified range of automotive products and services, including 
new vehicles, used vehicles, vehicle maintenance and repair 
services, vehicle parts, extended service contracts, vehicle 
brokerage, vehicle protection products and other aftermarket 
products. They also facilitate financing for vehicle purchases 
through third-party sources. New vehicles, vehicle parts, and 
maintenance services are predominantly supplied in accordance 
with franchise agreements with manufacturers. This segment 
also includes a motor auction business.

68

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019(e)  Segment results

Segment reporting 2019

Car Retailing
$’000

Truck
Retailing
$’000

Property
$’000

Investments
$’000

Eliminations
$’000

Consolidated
$’000

-

5,816,979

(20,869)

-

(20,869)

5,816,979

(20,869)

5,816,979

Sales to external customers

5,224,977

590,751

Inter-segment sales

Total sales revenue

TOTAL REVENUE

-

5,224,977

5,224,977

-

590,751

590,751

SEGMENT RESULT

Operating profit before interest

External interest expense allocation

OPERATING CONTRIBUTION

Share of net profit of equity accounted 
investments

Business acquisition costs

138,613

(47,618)

90,995

-

(8,617)

10,253

(8,520)

1,733

-

-

Impairment of Non-Current Assets

(233,323)

(11,602)

Investment revaluation

Profit on sale of property/businesses

Business Integration Costs

Closure & Restructure Costs

Derecognition of contingent 
consideration

-

23,250

(4,442)

(1,667)

19,674

-

-

-

-

-

1,054

20,869

21,923

21,923

15,874

(6,996)

8,878

-

-

-

-

14,457

-

-

-

197

-

197

197

197

(2,435)

(2,238)

339

(3,903)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

145,392

(80,331)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

SEGMENT PROFIT

(114,130)

(9,869)

23,335

139,590

(80,331)

Unallocated corporate expenses

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

Income tax expense

NET PROFIT

Depreciation and amortisation

(68,756)

(23,098)

(3,363)

-

ASSETS

Segment assets

LIABILITIES

Segment liabilities

NET ASSETS

3,641,683

462,580

252,568

11,264

2,971,009

458,082

670,674

4,498

96,884

155,684

-

11,264

-

-

-

-

164,937

(65,569)

99,368

339

(12,520)

(244,925)

65,061

37,707

(4,442)

(1,667)

19,674

(41,405)

(21,899)

(63,304)

(17,176)

(80,480)

(95,217)

4,368,095

3,525,975

842,120

69

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
29  SEGMENT INFORMATION CONTINUED

(e)  Segment results continued

Segment reporting 2018 Restated

Car Retailing
$’000

Truck
Retailing
$’000

Property
$’000

Investments
$’000

Eliminations
$’000

Consolidated
$’000

Sales to external customers

3,670,590

427,992

Inter-segment sales

Total sales revenue

TOTAL REVENUE

-

3,670,590

3,670,590

-

427,992

427,992

352

24,014

24,366

24,366

17,878

(7,088)

10,790

-

-

-

13,699

3,554

-

13,868

-

4,112,802

-

(24,014)

-

13,868

13,868

(24,014)

4,112,802

(24,014)

4,112,802

13,868

(3,681)

10,187

77

-

-

-

-

-

-

(181,400)

181,400

-

-

-

(11,266)

-

-

161,025

(40,744)

120,281

77

(680)

-

2,433

6,023

318

13,231

(2,792)

10,439

-

-

-

-

-

-

10,439

28,043

(171,136)

170,134

128,452

116,048

(27,183)

88,865

-

(680)

-

-

2,469

318

90,972

SEGMENT RESULT

Operating profit before interest

External interest expense allocation

OPERATING CONTRIBUTION

Share of net profit of equity accounted 
investments

Business acquisition costs

Investment revaluation

Property revaluation

Profit on sale of property/businesses

Son of Holdback (net of costs)

SEGMENT PROFIT

Unallocated corporate expenses

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

Income tax expense

NET PROFIT

(50)

128,402

(30,906)

97,496

(46,137)

1,999,349

1,363,690

635,659

-

-

-

-

Depreciation and amortisation

(39,388)

(3,070)

(3,679)

-

ASSETS

Segment assets

LIABILITIES

Segment liabilities

NET ASSETS

1,370,505

137,636

310,131

181,077

953,060

417,445

127,226

10,410

159,785

150,346

123,619

57,458

70

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 201930  CONTRIBUTED EQUITY

(a)  Paid up capital

Ordinary shares - Fully paid

         CONSOLIDATED

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

1,173,069

371,405

Ordinary shares confer on their holders the right to participate in dividends declared by the Board and to vote at general meetings of 
the Company.

At the reporting date, the Employee Share Trust held 164,204 shares, which are reported in share capital (2018: 1,026,077).

(b)  Movements in ordinary share capital

Date

01-Jan-2019

26-Aug-2019

30-Aug-2019

05-Sep-2019

11-Sep-2019

17-Sep-2019

23-Sep-2019

24-Oct-2019

31-Dec-2019

01-Jan-2018

10-Jan-2018

31-Dec-2018

Details

Opening balance

Issue of shares to AHG shareholders

Issue of shares to AHG shareholders

Issue of shares to AHG shareholders

Issue of shares to AHG shareholders

Issue of shares to AHG shareholders

Issue of shares to AHG shareholders

Issue of shares to AHG shareholders

Closing balance

Opening balance

Number 
of shares

191,309,301

33,334,047

5,110,248

2,242,568

4,632,943

5,242,610

8,392,874

6,668,515

256,933,106

191,008,478

Issue price

-

$11.44

$12.37

$13.30

$13.40

$13.21

$13.55

$12.33

-

-

Issue of shares to staff under share incentive schemes

300,823

$7.90

$’000

371,405

381,342

63,214

29,826

62,081

69,255

113,723

82,223

1,173,069

369,028

2,377

Closing balance

191,309,301

-

371,405

71

ANNUAL REPORT 201931  RESERVES AND RETAINED EARNINGS

(a)  Reserves:

Property, plant and equipment revaluation reserve

Hedging reserve - cash flow hedge

Share-based payments reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

Business combination reserve

Investment revaluation reserve

Movements:

Property, plant and equipment revaluation reserve

Balance at beginning of the financial year

Revaluation surplus during the year - gross

Transfer to retained earnings relating to properties sold

Deferred tax

Balance at the end of the financial year

Hedging reserve - cash flow hedge

Balance at beginning of the financial year

Movement during the year

Deferred tax

Balance at the end of the financial year

Share-based payments reserve

Balance at beginning of the financial year

Deferred tax

Payments received from employees for exercised options

Shares acquired by the Employee Share Trust

Employee share schemes - value of employee services

Transfer to share capital (shares issued)

Balance at the end of the financial year

Investment revaluation reserve

Balance at beginning of the financial year

Gain/(Loss) on revaluation of financial assets held at fair value through  
other comprehensive income

Deferred tax

Balance at the end of the financial year

Business combination reserve

Balance at beginning of the financial year

Movement during the period

Balance at the end of the financial year

72

Notes

         CONSOLIDATED

2019
$’000

28,312

-

2018
$’000

56,820

(25)

(37,862)

(49,628)

1,153

(470,729)

(72,687)

(551,813)

-

-

(131,473)

(124,306)

16

31(b)

18

18

18

18

56,820

13,769

(38,146)

(4,131)

28,312

(25)

36

(11)

-

52,728

11,266

(3,794)

(3,380)

56,820

(97)

103

(31)

(25)

(49,628)

(34,368)

7,567

4,890

(2,598)

1,906

-

(37,863)

(3,973)

4,664

(13,965)

391

(2,377)

(49,628)

(131,473)

19,868

80,331

(21,544)

(72,686)

(181,400)

30,059

(131,473)

-

(470,729)

(470,729)

-

-

-

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Foreign currency translation reserve

Balance at beginning of the financial year

Currency translation differences arising during the year

Balance at the end of the financial year

(b)  Retained earnings

Retained profits at the beginning of the financial year

Net (loss)/profit for the year

Less: NCI Share

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve re properties sold

Dividends provided for or paid

Retained profits at the end of the financial year

(c)  Nature and purpose of other reserves

(i)  Property, plant and equipment revaluation reserve

         CONSOLIDATED

Notes

7

2019
$’000

-

1,153

1,153

380,558

(129,124)

(2,789)

39,368

(78,080)

209,933

2018
$’000

-

-

-

350,715

97,496

(1,619)

3,794

(69,828)

380,558

The property, plant and equipment revaluation reserve is used to record increments and decrements on the revaluation of non-current 
assets as described in Note 1(n).

(ii)  Hedging reserve

The hedging reserve contains the effective portion of interest rate hedge arrangements incurred as at the reporting date.

(iii)  Investment revaluation reserve

The investment revaluation reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses arising on assets held at FVOCI that have been 
recognised in other comprehensive income.

(iv)  Share-based payments reserve

The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the fair value of performance rights expected to vest and the fair value of equity 
expected to be issued under various share incentive schemes referred to in Notes 38 and 39.

73

ANNUAL REPORT 201932  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Overview

The consolidated entity has exposure to the following key risks 
from its use of financial instruments:

 > Credit risk

 >

Liquidity risk

 > Market risk (interest rate risk)

This note presents information about the consolidated entity’s 
exposure to each of the above risks, the consolidated entity’s 
objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing 
risk, and the consolidated entity’s management of capital. 
Further quantitative disclosures are included throughout these 
consolidated financial statements.

The Directors have overall responsibility for the establishment 
and oversight of the consolidated entity’s risk management 
framework.

The Directors have established an Audit, Risk and Remuneration 
Committee which is responsible for monitoring, assessing and 
reporting on the consolidated entity’s risk management system. 
The Committee will provide regular reports to the Board of 
Directors on its activities.

The consolidated entity’s risk management policies are 
established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the 
consolidated entity, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, 
and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management 
policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in 
market conditions and the consolidated entity’s activities.

The Audit, Risk and Remuneration Committee oversees how 
management monitors compliance with the risk management 
policies and procedures, and reviews the adequacy of the risk 
management framework in relation to the risks. The Committee 
is assisted in its oversight by Internal Audit. Internal Audit 
undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management 
controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the 
Committee.

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise bank loans, 
bailment finance, cash, short-term deposits and interest rate 
swap contracts. The main purpose of these financial instruments 
is to raise finance for and fund the Group’s operations and to 
hedge the Group’s exposure to interest rate volatility. The Group 
has various other financial instruments such as trade debtors 
and trade creditors which arise directly from its operations. It is, 
and has been throughout the period under review, the Group’s 
policy that no speculative trading in financial instruments shall be 
undertaken.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are 
interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Board reviews 
and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and they are 
summarised below.

CREDIT RISK
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default 
on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to 
the Group. The Group has adopted a policy of only dealing with 
creditworthy counterparties and obtaining sufficient collateral 
where appropriate, as a means of mitigating the risk of financial 
loss from defaults. Further, it is the Group’s policy that all 
customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit 
verification procedures.

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread 
across geographical areas. The Group applies the simplified 
approach permitted by AASB 9, which requires expected lifetime 
credit losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the 
receivable. The expected credit losses on these financial assets 
are estimated using a provision matrix based on the Group’s 
historical credit loss experience.

With respect to credit risk arising from financial assets of the 
Group (comprised of cash, cash equivalents, and receivables), 
the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at balance date, 
excluding the value of any collateral or other security, is the 
carrying amount as disclosed in the statement of financial 
position and notes to the financial statements.

The Group’s credit risk on liquid funds is limited as the counter 
parties are major Australian banks with favourable credit ratings 
assigned by international credit rating agencies.

LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity risk is the risk that the consolidated entity will not be able 
to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The consolidated 
entity’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as 
possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its 
liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions.

The Group’s overall objective is to maintain a balance between 
continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank 
overdrafts and bank loans.

The Group’s ability to manage liquidity risk is not affected by 
the net current liability position at 31 December 2019, which is 
impacted by the recognition of a current liability equivalent to the 
present value of the lease payments under the remaining term of 
each lease in accordance with AASB 16. The cash commitments in 
relation to each lease remain unchanged. Management are of the 
view that the Group will continue to generate sufficient operating 
cash flows to meeting its financial obligations as they fall due.

The Group also manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate 
reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities, 
by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and 
matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. 
Information on available facilities can be found in Note 25.

MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as 
interest rates, will affect the consolidated entity’s income or the 
value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of 
market risk management is to manage and monitor market risk 
exposures within acceptable parameters, whilst optimising the 
return on risk.

74

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019(i) 

Interest rate risk

The Group’s policy is to keep between 0% and 50% of its borrowings at fixed rates of interest. As at 31 December 2019, 12% (2018: 21%) 
of the Group’s borrowings were at a fixed rate of interest (excluding bailment finance).

The consolidated entity classifies interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges.

The net fair value of the swaps at 31 December 2019 was $0 (2018: $35,000 liability), with the movement being recognised in equity for 
the consolidated entity.

(ii)  Interest rate sensitivity

The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivative and non-derivative 
instruments at reporting date and the stipulated change taking place at the beginning of the financial year and held constant throughout 
the reporting period. A 50 basis point increase or decrease is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management and 
represents management’s assessment of the possible change in interest rates.

At reporting date, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher or lower and all other variable were held constant, the Group’s net 
profit after tax would increase/decrease by $4,290,000 (2018: $4,421,000) per annum. This is mainly due to the Group’s exposures to 
interest rates on its variable rate borrowings.

(iii)  Interest rate swap contracts

Under interest rate swap contracts, the Group agrees to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts 
calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. Such contracts enable the Group to mitigate the cash flow exposures on the issued 
variable rate debt held. The fair value of interest rate swaps at the reporting date is determined by discounting future cash flows using 
the curves at reporting date and the credit risk inherent in the contract, and are disclosed below. The average interest rate is based on 
the outstanding balances at the start of the financial period.

The following tables detail the notional principal amounts and remaining terms of interest rate swap contracts outstanding as at 
reporting date:

Outstanding floating for fixed contracts

Less than 1 year

          Average contracted  

fixed interest rate

Notional  
principal amount

2019
%

-% 

-% 

2018
%

2.38% 

2.38% 

2019
$’000

-

-

2018
$’000

15,000

15,000

       Fair value

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

-

-

(35)

(35)

The interest rate swaps settle on a monthly basis. The floating rate on the interest rate swaps is the Australian BBSW. The Group will 
settle the difference between the fixed and floating interest rate on a net basis.

All interest rate swap contracts exchanging floating rate interest amounts for fixed rate interest amounts are designated as cash flow 
hedges in order to reduce the Group’s cash flow exposure resulting from variable interest rates on borrowings. The interest rate swaps 
and the interest payments on the loan occur simultaneously and the amount deferred in equity is recognised in profit or loss over the 
loan period.

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future 
development of the business.

The Board seeks to maintain a balance between the higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of borrowings and the 
advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position.

There were no changes in the consolidated entity’s approach to capital management during the period.

75

ANNUAL REPORT 2019            
32  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED

CREDIT RISK

(i)  Exposure to Credit Risk

The carrying amount of financial assets (as per Notes 9 and 12) represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to 
credit risk as the reporting date was:

Trade and other receivables

Less: Allowance for expected credit losses

(ii)  Impairment Losses

The aging of trade receivables at reporting date is detailed in Note 9.

(iii)  Fair values & Exposures to Credit & Liquidity Risk

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

345,304

167,253

(4,256)

(2,664)

341,048

164,589

Detailed in the following table, the Directors consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in 
the financial statements approximate their fair value.

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables net of expected credit losses

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities

Bills payable and fully drawn advances

Capital loan

Vehicle bailment

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

341,048

94,172

435,220

332,313

77,778

1,281,947

371,447

-

164,589

18,868

183,457

235,700

79,598

570,273

145,917

35

2,063,485

1,031,523

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

 >

 >

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid markets 
are determined with reference to quoted market prices (includes listed redeemable notes, bills of exchange, debentures and 
perpetual notes).

The fair values of derivative instruments are calculated using quoted prices. Where such prices are not available, discounted cash 
flow analysis is performed using the applicable yield curve for the duration of the instruments for non-optional derivatives and 
option pricing models for optional derivatives. Interest rate swaps are measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated 
and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates.

76

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019(iii)  Fair values & Exposures to Credit & Liquidity Risk continued

Maturity profile

The below table provides a maturity profile for the Group’s financial instruments that are exposed to interest rate risk at balance 
date. The amounts disclosed in the table are gross contractual undiscounted cash flows (principal and interest) required to settle the 
respective liabilities. The interest rate is based on the rate applicable as at the end of the financial period.

At 31 December 2019

INTEREST BEARING

Floating rate

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Average interest rate

Financial liabilities

Less than 
1 year
$’000

94,172

.50%

Vehicle bailment (current)

1,281,947

36,596

1,875

1,320,418

3.20%

Fully drawn advances

Capital loan (Non-current)

Average interest rate

Fixed rate

Financial liabilities

Capital loan (Non-current)

Average interest rate

2,375

4.34%

NON INTEREST BEARING

Financial assets

Trade debtors

Financial liabilities

341,048

Trade and other payables

371,447

1 - 2 years
$’000

2 - 3 years
$’000

3 - 4 years
$’000

4 - 5 years
$’000

5+ years
$’000

Total
$’000

-

-

-

9,786

2,211

11,997

4.05%

-

-

-

9,786

7,053

16,839

4.05%

-

-

-

221,598

2,038

223,636

3.87%

-

-

-

97,652

2,038

99,690

3.92%

-

-

-

15,560

24,713

94,172

1,281,947

390,978

39,928

40,273

1,712,853

4.06%

2,187

2,187

49,958

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

56,707

341,048

371,447

77

ANNUAL REPORT 201932  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED

Maturity profile continued

Less than 
1 year
$’000

18,868

1.81%

595,851

10,631

181

2,011

608,674

4.13%

At 31 December 2018

INTEREST BEARING

Floating rate

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Average interest rate

Financial liabilities

Vehicle bailment (current)

Fully drawn advances

Fully drawn advances (1)

Capital loan (Non-current)

Average interest rate

Fixed rate

Financial liabilities

1 - 2 years
$’000

2 - 3 years
$’000

3 - 4 years
$’000

4 - 5 years
$’000

5+ years
$’000

Total
$’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10,631

197,705

52,219

50,957

-

2,346

12,977

3.61%

-

2,346

200,051

3.51%

-

7,168

59,387

3.67%

-

2,151

53,108

3.98%

-

-

-

-

-

26,791

26,791

4.71%

-

-

-

-

18,868

595,851

322,143

181

42,813

960,988

58,785

164,589

145,919

Capital loan (Non-current)

Average interest rate

1,957

3.84%

NON INTEREST BEARING

Financial assets

Trade debtors

Financial liabilities

164,589

Trade and other payables

145,919

1,957

1,957

1,957

50,957

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1)  The amount included in fully drawn advances relate to variable rates that are hedged with interest rate swaps to fixed rates.

Estimation of Fair Value

The following summarises the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments:

Loans and Borrowings

Fair value is calculated based on discounted expected future principal and interest cash flows.

Trade and Other Receivables/Payables

For receivables/payables with a remaining life of less than one year, the notional amount is deemed to reflect the fair value. All other 
receivables/payables are discounted to determine the fair value.

Interest Rate Swaps

The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated based on the present value of the estimated future cash flows of these instruments.

78

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 201933  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

Name of entity

Eagers Retail Pty Ltd
Eagers MD Pty Ltd
Eagers Finance Pty Ltd
Nundah Motors Pty Ltd
Eagers Nominees Pty Ltd
Austral Pty Ltd
E G Eager & Son Pty Ltd
A.P. Group Ltd
A.P. Ford Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors (No.1) Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors (No.2) Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors (No.3) Pty Ltd
Associated Finance Pty Limited
Leaseline & General Finance Pty Ltd
City Automotive Group Pty Ltd
PPT Investments Pty Ltd
PPT Holdings No 1 Pty Ltd
PPT Holdings No 2 Pty Ltd
PPT Holdings No 3 Pty Ltd
Bill Buckle Holdings Pty Ltd
Bill Buckle Autos Pty Ltd
Bill Buckle Leasing Pty Ltd
Adtrans Group Limited
Adtrans Corporate Pty Ltd
Adtrans Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Stillwell Trucks Pty Ltd
Adtrans Trucks Pty Ltd
Graham Cornes Motors Pty Ltd
Whitehorse Trucks Pty Ltd
Adtrans Used Pty Ltd
Adtrans Hino Pty Ltd
Adtrans Australia Pty Ltd
Melbourne Truck and Bus Centre Pty Ltd
Adtrans Truck Centre Pty Ltd
Adtrans Trucks Adelaide Pty Ltd
Precision Automotive Technology Pty Ltd
IB Motors Pty Ltd
IB MD Pty Ltd
AP Townsville Pty Ltd
South West Queensland Motors Pty Ltd
BASW Pty Ltd
Western Equipment Rentals Pty Ltd
Boonarga Welding Pty Ltd
Black Auto CQ Pty Ltd
CH Auto Pty Ltd
Auto Ad Pty Ltd
Motors TAS Pty Ltd
WS Motors Pty Ltd

*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*

*

*
*
*
*
*

     EQUITY HOLDING

2019 
%

2018 
%

100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
-
-
-
-
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
80
80
100
80
100
100
100
100
100

100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
80
80
100
80
100
100
100
100
100

79

ANNUAL REPORT 201933  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED

Name of entity

MB VIC Pty Ltd
Carzoos Pty Ltd
Crampton Automotive Pty Ltd
Motors Group (Glen Waverley) Pty Ltd
Port City Autos Pty Ltd
Adverpro Pty Ltd
Cheap Cars QLD Pty Ltd
Eurocars (SA) Pty Ltd
Finmo Pty Ltd
360 Finance Pty Ltd
360 Financial Services Australia Pty Ltd
360 Insurance Services Pty Ltd
ACN 132 712 111 Pty Ltd
ACM Autos Holdings Pty Ltd
ACM Autos Pty Ltd
ACM Liverpool Pty Ltd
AHG 1 Pty Ltd
AHG Automotive Mining and Industrial Solutions Pty Ltd
AHG Coatings Pty Ltd
AHG Finance 2005 Pty Ltd
AHG Finance Pty Ltd
AHG Franchised Automotive Pty Ltd
AHG International Pty Ltd
AHG Management Company Pty Ltd
AHG Newcastle Pty Ltd
AHG Property Pty Ltd
AHG Services (NSW) Pty Ltd
AHG Services (QLD) Pty Ltd
AHG Services (VIC) Pty Ltd
AHG Services (WA) Pty Ltd
AHG Trade Parts Pty Ltd
AHG Training Pty Ltd
AHG WA (2015) Pty Ltd
AHGCL 2016 Pty Ltd
AHGSW 2018 Pty Ltd
Auckland Auto Collection Limited
AUT 6. Pty Ltd
Automotive Holdings Group (Queensland) Pty Ltd
Automotive Holdings Group (Victoria) Pty Ltd
Automotive Holdings Group Limited
Big Rock 2005 Pty Ltd
Big Rock Pty Ltd
Bradstreet Motors Holdings Pty Ltd
Bradstreet Motors Pty Limited
Cardiff Car City Holdings Pty Ltd
Cardiff Car City Pty Limited
Carlin Auction Services (NSW) Pty Ltd
Carlin Auction Services (QLD) Pty Ltd
Carlins Automotive Auctioneers (WA) Pty Ltd

80

*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*

     EQUITY HOLDING

2019 
%

2018 
%

100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
80
100
80
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Name of entity

Carlins Automotive Auctioneers Pty Ltd
Carlins Corporate Vehicle Services Pty Ltd
Carlins Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Carsplus Australia Pty Ltd
Castle Hill Autos No. 1 Pty Ltd
Castlegate Enterprises Pty Ltd
CFD (2012) Pty Ltd
Chellingworth Pty Ltd
City Auto (2016) Holdings Pty Ltd
City Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
City Motors (1981) Pty Ltd
Doncaster Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Drive A While Pty Ltd
Dual Autos Pty Ltd
Duncan Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Duncan Autos Pty Ltd
Easy Auto 123 Pty Ltd
Essendon Auto (2017) Pty Ltd
Falconet Pty Ltd
Ferntree Gully Autos Holdings Pty Ltd
Ferntree Gully Autos Pty Ltd
Geraldine Nominees Pty Ltd
Giant Autos (1997) Pty Ltd
Giant Autos Pty Ltd
Grand Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Highland Autos Pty Ltd
Highland Kackell Pty Ltd
HM (2015) Holdings Pty Ltd
HM (2015) Pty Ltd
Janasen Pty Ltd
Janetto Holdings Pty Ltd
JAT Refrigerated Road Services Pty Ltd
Kingspoint Pty Ltd
Knox Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Laverton Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Lionteam Pty Ltd
LWC International Limited
LWC Limited
Maitland City Motor Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Maitland City Motor Group Pty Ltd
Matchacar Pty Ltd
MBSA Motors Pty Ltd
MCM Autos Pty Ltd
MCM Sutherland Pty Ltd
Melbourne City Autos (2012) Pty Ltd
Melville Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Melville Autos Pty Ltd
Mornington Auto Group (2012) Pty Ltd

     EQUITY HOLDING

2019 
%

2018 
%

100
100
53
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
80
80
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

81

*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*

*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*

*
*
*
*
*

ANNUAL REPORT 201933  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED

Name of entity

Newcastle Commercial Vehicles Pty Ltd
North City (1981) Pty Ltd
North City 2005 Pty Ltd
Northside Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Northside Nissan (1986) Pty Ltd
Northwest (WA) Pty Ltd
Novated Direct Pty Ltd
NSW Vehicle Wholesale Pty Ltd
Nuford Ford Pty Ltd
OPM (2012) Holdings Pty Ltd
OPM (2012) Pty Ltd
Osborne Park Autos Pty Ltd
Penrith Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Perth Auto Alliance Pty Ltd
PT (2013) Pty Ltd
Rand Transport (1986) Pty Ltd
Rand Transport Pty Ltd
Rent Two Buy Pty Ltd
Sabalan Holdings Pty Ltd
Sabalan Pty Ltd
Scott's Refrigerated Freightways Pty Ltd
Shemapel 2005 Pty Ltd
Skipper Trucks Pty Ltd
Southeast Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Southern Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Southside Autos (1981) Pty Ltd
Southside Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Southwest Automotive Group Pty Ltd
SWGT Pty Ltd
Total Autos (1990) Pty Ltd
Total Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
VMS Pty Ltd
Vehicle Storage & Engineering Pty Ltd
WA Trucks Pty Ltd
Widevalley Pty Ltd
Zupp Holdings Pty Ltd
Zupps Aspley Pty Ltd
Zupps Gold Coast Pty Ltd
Zupps Mt Gravatt Pty Ltd
Zupps Parts Pty Ltd
Zupps Southside Pty Ltd
Submo Pty Ltd
APE Cars Mgmt Pty Ltd
Webster Trucks Mgmt Pty Ltd

     EQUITY HOLDING

2019 
%

2018 
%

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
99
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*

*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

All subsidiaries that are either directly controlled by A.P. Eagers Limited, or are wholly owned within the Group, have ordinary class of 
shares and are incorporated in Australia or New Zealand.

82

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Information relating to A.P. Eagers Limited (‘the parent entity’)

FINANCIAL POSITION

Assets

Current assets

Non-current assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Equity

Issued capital

Retained earnings

Reserves

Asset revaluation reserve

Business Combination Reserve

Investment revaluation reserve

Share based payments reserve

Financial performance

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

1,104

634,831

635,935

-

72,827

72,827

-

426,334

426,334

6,480

64,866

71,346

1,173,069

(55,410)

371,405

134,428

1,683

(474,258)

(48,326)

(33,650)

563,108

1,683

-

(107,112)

(45,416)

354,988

(148,944)

81,707

58,787

(151,341)

All 100% owned subsidiaries were parties to a deed of cross guarantee with A.P. Eagers Limited pursuant to ASIC Corporations 
(Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 which has been lodged with and approved by Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission as at 31 December 2019. Under the deed of cross guarantee each of these companies guarantee the debts of the other 
named companies.

As a party to the deed of cross guarantee, each of the wholly-owned subsidiaries (marked *) is relieved from the requirement to prepare 
and lodge an audited financial report.

AHG became a wholly-owned subsidiary of A.P. Eagers on or about on 24 October 2019 (Acquisition) pursuant to a compulsory 
acquisition by A.P. Eagers of all of the remaining shares in AHG that were not already owned by A.P. Eagers following the close of A.P. 
Eagers’ off-market takeover bid for AHG on 16 September 2019.

Under ASIC Instrument 20-0106 (Instrument), Automotive Holdings Group Limited (AHG), the directors of AHG and AP Eagers 
were granted relief from compliance with certain provisions of the Corporations Act. The effect of this Instrument Is that subject to 
certain conditions.

83

ANNUAL REPORT 201933  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED

(a)   AHG is not required to:

 >

 >

 >

prepare a separate audited financial report and directors’ 
report; or

report to its member under section 314 of the Corporations 
Act; or

send a report to its member in accordance with a request 
under subsection 316(1) of the Corporations Act, in relation 
to the financial year ended 31 December 2019;

(b)    the directors of AHG do not have to comply with:

 >

 >

the requirement under section 317 of the Corporations Act to 
lay reports before the AGM of AHG following the year ended 
31 December 2019;

a requirement (if any) in relation to the appointment of an 
auditor following any casual vacancy occurring before 31 
March 2020;

(c)    AP Eagers does not have to comply with subsection 292(1) 
of the Corporations Act in relation to the year ended 31 
December 2019 to the extent that any non-compliance 
would result merely from AP Eagers preparing financial 
reports that includes notes that have been prepared for the 
purposes of compliance with the Instrument and section 
of 6 of ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) 
Instrument 2016/785;

(d)    AHG does not have to comply with a requirement (if any) to 
appoint an auditor of AHG at its AGM for the 2020 calendar 
year.

Refer Notes 34(a) and 34(b) in respect of guarantees entered into 
by the parent entity in relation to debts of its subsidiaries.

(a)  Acquisition of AHG

AHG is a diversified automotive retailing and logistics group with 
operations in Western Australia, New South Wales, Queensland, 
Victoria and New Zealand. AHG currently operates three main 
business divisions: automotive retailing; refrigerated logistics 
and other logistics. The acquisition combines the two highly 
complementary businesses of AP Eagers and AHG to create 
Australia’s leading automotive retail group.

At 31 December 2018 the Group owned over 20% of the voting 
power of Automotive Holdings Group Limited (“AHG Limited”). 
The Directors rebutted the presumption of exercising significant 
influence at that date on the basis that the Group had no 
representation on the Board of Directors of AHG Limited, no 
material transactions with AHG Limited, and no participation 
in policy-making decisions. As a result, and in line with our 
election made on application of AASB 9, the investment in AHG 
Limited was accounted for as an asset held at fair value through 
other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

On 5 April 2019, AP Eagers offered to acquire all of the ordinary 
shares in AHG that AP Eagers did not already own. The original 
offer was structured as an all-scrip offer of 1 AP Eagers Share 
for every 3.8 AHG Shares owned. Following negotiations 
between representatives from AP Eagers and AHG, the offer 
was subsequently varied to 1 AP Eagers Share for every 3.6 
AHG Shares owned. The varied offer was announced on 8 May 
2019 with the AHG Board unanimously recommending AHG 
Shareholders accept APE’s improved offer.

At that time, the directors reassessed the ability of the Group to 
influence the operating and financial policies of its investee, AHG 
Limited, during the period to 30 June 2019. On the basis of all the 
relevant facts and circumstances, the directors have concluded 
that evidence of significant influence existed from 1 May 2019. 
Therefore, in line with AASB 128 Investments in Associates and 
Joint Ventures, APE’s 28.84% investment in AHG Limited was 
accounted for as an investment in associate from that date.

A non-cash fair value adjustment of $58,787,000 (after tax) was 
recognised on reclassification from FVOCI to an investment in 
associate as a result of remeasuring the fair value at the date 
of reclassification. The increase in fair value is recognised as a 
permanent reserve balance.

APE recognised our share of AHG’s profit after tax for the period 
1 May to 19 August 2019, with a total contribution of $0.6 million 
to APE’s 2019 profit or loss.

Acquisition during the period - reclassification 
from FVOCI to an investment in associate

Share of investees’ net profit recognised in the 
financial period

Equity accounted investment in associate 
immediately before control obtained

Fair value of equity accounted investment on 
date control was obtained

Total profit recognised upon remeasurement 
of equity accounted investment on date 
control was obtained.

$’000

229,518

554

230,072

295,133

65,061

The offer was subject to a number of conditions, including 
regulatory approval from the Australian Competition and 
Consumer Commission (ACCC). AP Eagers applied to the ACCC 
to obtain merger authorisation for the acquisition of AHG and the 
ACCC granted authorisation for AP Eagers merger with AHG on 
16 August 2019.

AHG shareholders had the ability to accept the offer (either via 
outright acceptance or via an acceptance facility for sophisticated 
investors) from the date of announcement of the offer. However, 
the acceptance of the offer did not represent a binding contract 
for the sale of shares until the offer was declared free of 
conditions. Once the bid is declared free of conditions and upon 
processing of the acceptance instructions, APE obtains power of 
attorney relating for the voting rights for each share acceptance, 
otherwise referred to as a ‘relevant interest’.

84

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019On 16 August 2019, the bid was declared free of conditions and 
AP Eagers received acceptances from AHG shareholders such 
that APE held a relevant interest of 44.59% in AHG.

On 19 August 2019, APE had received acceptance instructions 
resulting in APE having a relevant interest of 62.53% in AHG, 
providing the Group power to control AHG’s via its voting rights. 
From 19 August 2019 AP Eagers proceeded to issue shares in 
exchange for the AHG shares held by AHG shareholders who 
had accepted the offer. The issue of shares required a number of 
days to satisfy the administrative requirements.

 A non-cash gain on reclassification was recognised on 
derecognition of the equity accounted investment and 
commencement of consolidation accounting. The gain was due 
to the fact the equity accounted investment, carried at $2.40 per 
share, was disposed of for a fair value of $3.08 per share on the 
date of consolidation.

On 16 September 2019 (offer close date), AP Eagers had 
acquired an additional 28.58% relevant interest in AHG, which 
was represented by AHG shareholders who had accepted the 
offer and received AP Eagers shares, or AHG shareholders 
who had accepted the offer but were yet to be issued AP Eagers 
shares. On 16 September 2019 AP Eager’s ownership increased 
to 91.11%. Subsequent to this date, AP Eagers exercised their 
right in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) as 
a shareholder who held at least 90% of the shares in AHG 
to compulsorily acquire the remaining shares. Under the 
compulsory acquisition process, AP Eagers obtained 100% 
ownership of the shares on issue in AHG on 24 October 2019.

AP Eagers elected to recognise the non-controlling interest 
as the proportionate share in AHG’s identifiable net assets 
acquired, resulting in a non-controlling interest of $13.6 million 
being recognised at 19 August 2019.

Subsequent to the date control was obtained, a progressive 
buyout of non-controlling interests was undertaken, resulting in 
APE owning 100% of AHG shares at year end.

The financial report includes the result of AHG for the four-
month period from acquisition date. The acquisitions contributed 
revenue of $1.8 billion and a loss before tax of $37.6 million to 
the consolidated continued operations result.

The Group incurred acquisition related costs of $8.1 million on 
legal and advisory fees and stamp duty costs. These costs have 
been included in ‘acquisition costs’ in the Statement of Profit or 
Loss, and in ‘operating cash flows’ in the Statement of Cash Flows.

On consolidation, the investment in AHG and pre-acquisition 
equity balances have been eliminated with a preliminary 
goodwill of $662.3 million recognised. Due to the proximity 
of the acquisition to the financial year end, the accounting for 
the AHG acquisition will remain provisionally determined at 31 
December 2019 with the determination of the fair value of the 
acquired identifiable assets and liabilities to be finalised during 
the measurement period ending 18 August 2020, as allowed by 
AASB 3 Business Combinations.

85

ANNUAL REPORT 201933  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED

On date of control, 19th August 2019, the Goodwill arising from the acquisition is detailed below:

Purchase consideration - Ordinary shares issued to obtain controlling interest

Previously held equity investment, at fair value

Non-controlling interest

Less: Net identified liabilities acquired at fair value

Goodwill arising on acquisition

The provisional fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities as at the date of acquisition were:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments and deposits

Deferred tax assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Other assets

Assets classified as held for sale

Total Assets

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Total Liabilities

Total identified tangible liabilities acquired at fair value

Intangible assets recognised on acquisition

Total identified liabilities acquired at fair value

$’000

344,509

295,131

(13,574)

626,066

36,199

662,265

$’000

66,745

202,611

911,984

13,924

128,570

155,906

873,787

41,839

571,548

2,966,914

247,045

936,381

1,279,779

549,317

3,012,522

(45,608)

9,409

(36,199)

Goodwill represents the value of the workforce of AHG, in addition to the car and truck dealership network and any premium from 
synergies and future growth opportunities that cannot be recognised separately. Goodwill has been allocated across the combined 
Group’s cash generating units (refer note 17).

At reporting date, accounting for the acquisition of AHG remains provisional. Work is ongoing in respect of a number of balances, 
including but not limited to the following:

1. Fair value of property, plant and equipment (including buy back arrangements);
2. Right-of-use assets; and
3. Contingent liabilities.

86

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019(b)  Acquisition of other businesses

The Group acquired the following business during the 2019 year as detailed below:

Year

2019

Name of business

Adelaide BMW

Date of acquisition

Principal activity

Proportion
acquired

April 2019

Motor Dealership

100%

During 2019 the acquired businesses contributed revenue of $61,515,000 and a profit before tax of $429,000 to the consolidated result. 
If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2019, the consolidated revenue and the consolidated profit before tax of the acquired 
businesses would have been approximately $92,273,000 and $644,000 respectively.

Allocation of purchase consideration

The purchase price of the businesses acquired has been allocated as follows:

Cash consideration 

Total purchase consideration

Consolidated fair value at acquisition date

Net assets acquired

Cash

Receivables, prepayments

Inventory

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Lease liabilities

Creditors, borrowings and provisions

Net assets acquired

Acquisition cost

Goodwill on acquisition (i)

Adelaide
BMW
$’000

8,651

8,651

2019
$’000

4

74

2,163

1,509

12,468

(12,468)

(1,411)

2,339

8,651

6,312

(i) 

 Goodwill arose on the business combinations because as at the date of acquisition the consideration paid for the combination included amounts in relation to 
the benefit of expected synergies and future revenue and profit growth from the businesses acquired. These benefits were not recognised separately from 
goodwill as the future economic benefits arising from them could not be reliably measured in time for inclusion in these financial statements. Therefore, the 
amount allocated to goodwill on acquisition has been provisionally determined at the end of the reporting period.

(c)  Acquisition of businesses in prior year

The Group acquired the following business during the 2018 year, which have been finalised in the 2019 year, as detailed below:

Year

2018

2018

2018

Name of business

Southern Vales Nissan

Metro Nissan

Toowoomba Motor Group

Date of acquisition

Principal activity

June 2018

Motor Dealership

August 2018

Motor Dealership

October 2018

Motor Dealership

Proportion
acquired

100%

100%

100%

During 2018 the acquired businesses contributed revenue of $15,703,000 and a profit before tax of $400,000 to the consolidated result. 
If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2018, the consolidated revenue and the consolidated profit before tax of the Group would 
have been approximately $4,210,473,000 and $134,931,000 respectively.

87

ANNUAL REPORT 201933  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED

Allocation of purchase consideration

The purchase price of the businesses acquired has been allocated as follows:

Southern 
Vales Nissan
$’000

Metro Nissan
$’000

Toowoomba 
Motor Group
$’000

2018
Total
Consolidated
$’000

Cash consideration 

Contingent consideration

Total purchase consideration

1,901

-

1,901

1,395

-

1,395

1,613

19

1,632

Consolidated fair value at acquisition date

Net assets acquired

Receivables, prepayments

Inventory

Property, plant and equipment

Creditors, borrowings and provisions

Net assets acquired

Acquisition cost

Goodwill on acquisition (i)

4,909

19

4,928

2018
$’000

44

4,481

376

(3,923)

978

4,928

3,950

(i) 

 Goodwill arose in the business combinations because as at the date of acquisition the consideration paid for the combination included amounts in relation to 
the benefit of expected synergies and future revenue and profit growth from the businesses acquired. These benefits were not recognised separately from 
goodwill as the future economic benefits arising from them could not be reliably measured in time for inclusion in these financial statements. Therefore, the 
amount allocated to goodwill on acquisition has been provisionally determined at the end of the reporting period.

Cash consideration on acquisition

Net cash flow on acquisition of business

(4,909)

(4,909)

88

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019(d)  Business disposal and discontinued operations

The Group sold the following business during the 2019 year as detailed below:

Year

2019

2019

2019

Name of business

Austral Motor Group

Kloster Motor Group

Mornington Auto Group

(i)  Net Assets and Liabilities disposed of

Net assets disposed of

Receivables, Prepayments

Inventory

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Creditors, borrowings and provisions

Net assets disposed

Total consideration received (100% Cash)

Gain on sale

(ii)  Kloster Motor Group

Date of sale

Principal activity

May 2019

Motor Dealership

October 2019

Motor Dealership

December 2019

Motor Dealership

Proportion 
disposed

100%

100%

100%

CONSOLIDATED
2019
$’000

18,623

71,913

3,784

25,253

(74,327)

45,246

64,954

19,708

On 5 July 2019, AP Eagers Limited announced the proposal to divest Kloster Motor Group to assist in securing regulatory authorisation 
for AP Eagers’ merger with Automotive Holdings Group Limited. Binding sale agreements for Kloster Motor Group were executed 
with Tony White Group on 10 September 2019 and the sale subsequently completed on 31 October 2019 along with the sale of freehold 
properties related to Kloster Motor Group.

Further information regarding the financial performance is presented below for the ten months ended 31 October 2019 and the year 
ended 31 December 2018.

Revenue from contracts with customers

Expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit after income tax from Kloster Motor Group

Refrigerated Logistics

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

339,354

423,544

(333,392)

(415,495)

5,962

(831)

5,131

8,049

(2,229)

5,820

Refrigerated Logistics (RL) is classified as a discontinued operation in the statement of profit and loss, on the basis that it was classified 
as held for sale on acquisition of AHG and is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. Therefore, the Group has elected to 
apply the reduced disclosure in accordance with AASB 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. RL recorded 
a loss after tax of $14.4 million post acquisition. In addition, the Group recognised an impairment loss of $34.3 million (refer note 5) 
representing a reassessment of the Group’s best estimate of market value following a formal sale process post acquisition.

89

ANNUAL REPORT 201933  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED

(e)  Disposal of businesses in prior year

The Group sold the following business during the 2018 year as detailed below:

Year

2018

2018

2018

Name of business

Surfers City Holden

Austral Volvo

Eagers Kia

Date of sale

Principal activity

June 2018

June 2018

Motor Dealership

Motor Dealership

August 2018

Motor Dealership

Net assets disposed of

Receivables, Prepayments

Inventory

Property, plant and equipment

Creditors, borrowings and provisions

Net assets disposed

Total consideration received (100% Cash)

Gain on sale

Proportion 
disposed

100%

100%

100%

CONSOLIDATED
2018
$’000

4

676

231

(573)

338

2,807

2,469

(f)  Details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries

The table below shows details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group. The Group have reviewed its subsidiaries that have 
non-controlling interests and note that they are not material to the reporting entity.

Individually immaterial subsidiaries with non-controlling interest

Profit allocated to  
non-controlling interests

Accumulated  
non-controlling interests

2019 
$’000

2,789

2018 
$’000

1,619

2019 
$’000

9,423

2018 
$’000

8,002

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

8,002

2,789

12,651

-

(1,368)

(12,651)

9,423

2018 
$’000

10,761

1,619

-

(2,337)

(2,041)

-

8,002

Movement - Non-Controlling Interest

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Profit for the year

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

Payment / (Repayment) for shares

Payment of dividend

Disposal of non-controlling interest

Balance as at the end of the financial year

90

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 201934  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

(a)  Parent entity

Unsecured guarantees, indemnities and undertakings have been given by the parent entity in the normal course of business in respect 
of financial and trade arrangements entered into by its subsidiaries. It is not anticipated that the parent entity will become liable for any 
amount in respect thereof. At 31 December 2019 no subsidiary was in default in respect of any arrangement guaranteed by the parent 
entity and all amounts owed have been brought to account as liabilities in the financial statements.

(b)  Deed of cross guarantee

A.P. Eagers Limited and all of its 100% owned subsidiaries were parties to a deed of cross guarantee lodged with the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission as at 31 December 2019. Under the deed of cross guarantee each company within the closed 
Group guarantees the debts of the other companies. The maximum exposure of the parent entity in relation to the cross guarantees is 
$3,947,518,000 (2018: $1,031,832,000).

35  COMMITMENTS FOR EXPENDITURE

(a)  Capital Commitments

Capital expenditure for land, buildings, plant and equipment contracted for at the end of the reporting period but not recognised as 
liabilities is as follows:

Within one year

36  REMUNERATION OF AUDITOR

Amounts received or due and receivable by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (“Deloitte”) for:

  -  Audit or review of the financial report of the parent entity and any other entity in the  

consolidated entity

Amounts received or due and receivable by BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd for:

  - Audit and other assurance services

Amounts received or due and receivable by related entities of Deloitte for:

  - Other services in relation to the parent entity and any other entity in the consolidated entity

            CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

3,885

2018 
$’000

5,292

1,376

500

974

2,850

816

-

90

906

(i) 

 Non audit services include $57,500 of Other Assurance Services (Investigating Accountants reports) and $504,000 of Advisory Services (integration support 
services) performed for the Group in relation to the acquisition of AHG in addition to $80,000 for tax compliance services. The balance also includes $294,000 
billed in respect of non-audit work performed for AHG prior to acquisition but billed thereafter.

37  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On 18 February 2020, General Motors announced its intentions to wind down Holden vehicle sales in Australia and New Zealand by 
2021, whilst maintaining Holden service outlets to support existing Holden customers with warranty claims, spare parts, servicing and 
recalls for ten years. Given the proximity of the announcement to the release of the 31 December 2019 financial statements, and the 
uncertainty surrounding exactly how General Motors compensation arrangements will impact the Group management is not able to 
reliably estimate the financial impact on the Group’s operations and state of affairs.

91

ANNUAL REPORT 201938  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

The remuneration report included in the Directors’ Report sets out the remuneration policies of the consolidated entity and the 
relationship between these policies and the consolidated entity’s performance.

The following have been identified as key management personnel (KMP) with authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly during the financial year:

The specified Executives of A.P. Eagers Limited during the financial year were:

(a)  Details of key management personnel

(i) Directors

T B Crommelin

Chairman (non-executive)

M A Ward

S A Moore

D A Cowper

N G Politis

D T Ryan

M J Birrell

G J Duncan

D S Blackhall

M V Prater

D G Stark

K T Thornton

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Director and Chief Financial Officer

Director (non-executive)

Director (non-executive)

Director (non-executive)

Director (non-executive)

Director (non-executive), appointed 6 December 2019

Director (non-executive), appointed 6 December 2019

Director (non-executive), appointed 3 February 2020

General Counsel & Company Secretary

Chief Operating Officer - Cars

(ii) Executives

(b)  Compensation of key management personnel

The aggregate compensation made to key management personnel of the Company and the Group is set out below.

      CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

4,520

130

1,446

6,096

2018 
$’000

3,903

120

262

4,285

Short term

Post employment benefits

Share based payments

(c)  Option holdings of key management personnel

Details of options held by key management personnel can be found in Note 38(f).

(d)  Loans to key management personnel

There are no loans to key management personnel.

(e)  Other transactions with key management personnel

Other transactions with key management personnel are detailed in Note 40.

92

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019(f)  Share Based Payments

Plan C: EPS Performance Rights and Options – Key Executives 2014

The Group commenced an Earnings Per Share (EPS) based performance rights and options compensation scheme for specific 
executive officers in 2014. The fair value of these performance rights and options is calculated on grant date and recognised over the 
period to vesting. The vesting of the performance rights and options granted is based on the achievement of specified earnings per 
share growth targets and interest cover thresholds. The fair value has been calculated using a binomial option pricing model based on 
numerous variables including the following:

Performance Rights
Award date 4 July 2014
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

Performance Options
Award date 4 July 2014
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

31-Mar-16
04-Jul-21
$ 5.47
1.7 years
25%
2.51%
4.2%

31-Mar-17
04-Jul-21
$ 5.47
2.7 years
25%
2.63%
4.2%

31-Mar-18
04-Jul-21
$ 5.47
3.7 years
25%
2.79%
4.2%

31-Mar-19
30-Sep-22
$ 5.47
4.7 years
25%
2.96%
4.2%

31-Mar-20
30-Sep-22
$ 5.47
5.7 years
25%
3.13%
4.2%

31-Mar-16
04-Jul-21
$ 5.47
$ 5.47
4.4 years
25%
2.90%
4.2%

31-Mar-17
04-Jul-21
$ 5.47
$ 5.47
4.9 years
25%
2.98%
4.2%

31-Mar-18
04-Jul-21
$ 5.47
$ 5.47
5.4 years
25%
3.06%
4.2%

31-Mar-19
30-Sep-22
$ 5.47
$ 5.47
5.9 years
25%
3.24%
4.2%

31-Mar-20
30-Sep-22
$ 5.47
$ 5.47
7.0 years
25%
3.31%
4.2%

The Managing Director, General Manager Queensland and Northern Territory, previous Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and 
Company Secretary and four other senior executives have been granted rights and options under the EPS share incentive plan (Plan 
C). The modified grant date method (AASB 2) is applied to this incentive plan whereby the cost of the plan is determined by the value of 
the rights and options at grant date and the probability of the EPS and interest cover targets being achieved and vesting occurring. The 
number of performance rights and options granted under the plan is as follows:

Performance Rights

Number
137,791
137,571
143,464
149,551
156,173

Performance Options

Number
769,228
712,760
705,258
663,363
656,857

Grant Date
04-Jul-14
04-Jul-14
04-Jul-14
04-Jul-14
04-Jul-14

Grant Date
04-Jul-14
04-Jul-14
04-Jul-14
04-Jul-14
04-Jul-14

End Performance Period
31-Dec-15
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

End Performance Period
31-Dec-15
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

Expiry Date
04-Jul-21
04-Jul-21
04-Jul-21
30-Sep-22
30-Sep-22

Expiry Date
04-Jul-21
04-Jul-21
04-Jul-21
30-Sep-22
30-Sep-22

Fair Value at Grant Date
$ 5.08
$ 4.87
$ 4.67
$ 4.48
$ 4.29

Fair Value at Grant Date
$ 0.91
$ 0.94
$ 0.95
$ 1.01
$ 1.02

No rights or options were forfeited or expired during the year. A total of 136,717 rights were issued and nil options exercised during the year.

As a result of the application of discretion by the Board, all of the performance rights options relating to the 31 December 2019 
performance period have vested. Furthermore, the Board has used its discretion to vest all remaining tranches of performance rights 
and options relating to the 2017 and 2018 performance periods.

The value of the performance rights and options expensed during the year was $1,224,986, with a cumulative expense being recognised 
at 31 December 2019 of $6,557,247 (2018: $5,332,261).

93

ANNUAL REPORT 201938  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL CONTINUED

(f)  Share Based Payments continued

Plan J: EPS Performance Rights and Options - Key Executive 
The Group commenced a new Earnings Per Share (EPS) based performance rights and options compensation scheme for two specific 
executive officers in 2015. The fair value of these performance rights and options is calculated on grant date and recognised over the 
period to vesting. The vesting of the performance rights and options granted is based on the achievement of specified earnings per 
share growth targets and interest cover thresholds. The fair value has been calculated using a binomial option pricing model based on 
numerous variables including the following:

Performance Rights
Award date 12 June 2015
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

Performance Options
Award date 12 June 2015
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

31-Mar-16
12-Jun-22
$9.25
0.8 years
24%
1.98%
3.7%

31-Mar-17
12-Jun-22
$9.25
1.8 years
24%
1.99%
3.7%

31-Mar-18
12-Jun-22
$9.25
2.8 years
24%
2.06%
3.7%

31-Mar-19
30-Sep-22
$9.25
3.8 years
24%
2.18%
3.7%

31-Mar-20
30-Sep-22
$9.25
4.8 years
24%
2.33%
3.7%

31-Mar-16
12-Jun-22
$9.25
$9.25
3.9 years
24%
2.19%
3.7%

31-Mar-17
12-Jun-22
$9.25
$9.25
4.4 years
24%
2.27%
3.7%

31-Mar-18
12-Jun-22
$9.25
$9.25
4.9 years
24%
2.35%
3.7%

31-Mar-19
30-Sep-22
$9.25
$9.25
5.5 years
24%
2.46%
3.7%

31-Mar-20
30-Sep-22
$9.25
$9.25
6.1 years
24%
2.54%
3.7%

Two specific executives have been granted performance rights and options under the EPS share incentive plan (Plan J). The modified 
grant date method (AASB 2) is applied to this incentive plan whereby the cost of the plan is determined by the value of the rights and 
options at grant date and the probability of the EPS targets being achieved and vesting occurring. The number of rights and options 
granted under the plan is as follows:

Performance Rights

Number
2,783
5,780
5,995
6,218
6,458

Performance Options

Number
17,605
33,783
32,678
31,645
31,250

Grant Date
12-Jun-15
12-Jun-15
12-Jun-15
12-Jun-15
12-Jun-15

Grant Date
12-Jun-15
12-Jun-15
12-Jun-15
12-Jun-15
12-Jun-15

End Performance Period
31-Dec-15
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

End Performance Period
31-Dec-15
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

Expiry Date
12-Jun-22
12-Jun-22
12-Jun-22
30-Sep-22
30-Sep-22

Expiry Date
12-Jun-22
12-Jun-22
12-Jun-22
30-Sep-22
30-Sep-22

Fair Value at Grant Date
$8.98
$8.65
$8.34
$8.04
$7.74

Fair Value at Grant Date
$1.42
$1.48
$1.53
$1.58
$1.60

No performance rights or options were forfeited or expired during the year. A total of 6,218 performance rights were issued and no 
options exercised during the year.

As a result of the application of discretion by the Board, all of the performance rights options relating to the 31 December 2019 
performance period have vested. Furthermore, the Board has used its discretion to vest all remaining tranches of performance rights 
and options relating to the 2017 and 2018 performance periods.

The value of the performance rights and options expensed during the year was $99,985 with a cumulative expense being recognised as 
at 31 December 2019 of $449,959 (2018: $349,974).

94

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Plan L: Executive incentive plan - Grant of performance rights - Key Executive 

The Group commenced a new performance rights compensation scheme for a specific executive officer in 2020. The fair value of these 
performance rights is calculated on grant date and recognised over the period to vesting. The performance rights are automatically 
exercised and converted to vested restricted shares on the Conversion Date, being the date that is one week after release of the 
Company’s full-year financial results. The vesting of the performance rights granted is based on continued employment at the relevant 
vesting dates. The fair value was estimated by taking the market price of the company’s shares on the grant date less the present value 
of expected dividends that will not be received during the period.

Performance Rights
Award date 17 February 2020
Vesting date
Share price at grant date
Expected life
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

31/12/19
$9.00
0.0 years
0.81%
4.056%

31/12/20
$9.00
0.87 years
0.81%
4.056%

31/12/21
$9.00
1.87 years
0.75%
4.056%

The number of performance rights granted under the plan is as follows:

Performance Rights
Number
30,000
35,000
35,000

Grant Date
17/02/20
17/02/20
17/02/20

End Performance Period
31/12/19
31/12/20
31/12/21

Fair Value at Grant Date
$9.00
$9.00
$9.00

No performance rights were forfeited or expired during the year. No performance rights were issued during the year.

The value of the performance rights expensed during the year was $305,069 with a cumulative expense being recognised as at 31 
December 2019 of $305,069 (2018: $Nil).

95

ANNUAL REPORT 201939  OTHER SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

Recognised share-based payments expenses

Refer Note 31(a) for movements in share based payments reserve.

Plan F: EPS Performance Options – Senior Management 2013

The Group commenced an Earnings Per Share (EPS) based share options compensation scheme for 57 specific senior staff, including the 
Company Secretary/General Counsel. The fair value of these performance options is calculated on grant date and recognised over the 
period to vesting. The vesting of the performance options granted is based on the achievement of specified earnings per share growth 
targets. The fair value has been calculated using a binomial option pricing model based on numerous variables including the following:

Performance Options
Award date 27 March 2013
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

31-Mar-15
31-Mar-20
$ 4.84
$ 5.04
4.5 years
30%
3.08%
4.20%

31-Mar-16
31-Mar-20
$ 4.84
$ 5.04
4.5 years
30%
3.08%
4.20%

31-Mar-17
31-Mar-20
$ 4.84
$ 5.04
5.0 years
30%
3.13%
4.20%

31-Mar-18
31-Mar-20
$ 4.84
$ 5.04
5.5 years
30%
3.17%
4.20%

31-Mar-19
31-Mar-20
$ 4.84
$ 5.04
6.0 years
30%
3.22%
4.20%

Specific executives have been granted options under the EPS share incentive plan (Plan F). The modified grant date method (AASB 2) is 
applied to this incentive plan whereby the cost of the plan is determined by the value of the options at grant date and the probability of 
the EPS targets being achieved and vesting occurring. The number of options granted under the plan is as follows:

Performance Options

Number

951,950

951,950

911,510

892,840

883,750

Grant Date

End Performance Period

Expiry Date

Fair Value at Grant Date

27-Mar-13

27-Mar-13

27-Mar-13

27-Mar-13

27-Mar-13

31-Dec-14

31-Dec-15

31-Dec-16

31-Dec-17

31-Dec-18

31-Mar-20

31-Mar-20

31-Mar-20

31-Mar-20

31-Mar-20

$ 0.93

$ 0.93

$ 0.96

$ 0.98

$ 0.99

No options were forfeited or expired during the year. A total of 970,810 options were exercised during the year.

No costs of the share plan were expensed during 2019 (2018: $Nil). The share plan was fully expensed by the end of 2017 with a 
cumulative expense recognised of $3,607,822.

96

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Plan H: EPS Performance Rights and Options – Key Executives 

The Group commenced a new Earnings Per Share (EPS) based performance rights and options compensation scheme for four specific 
executive officers in 2015. The fair value of these performance rights and options is calculated on grant date and recognised over the 
period to vesting. The fair value has been calculated using a binomial option pricing model based on numerous variables including the 
following:

Performance Rights
Award date 21 January 2015
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

Performance Options
Award date 21 January 2015
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Exercise Price
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

31-Mar-16
21-Jan-22
$5.85
1.2 years
22%
2.20%
4.4%

31-Mar-17
21-Jan-22
$5.85
2.2 years
22%
2.12%
4.4%

31-Mar-18
21-Jan-22
$5.85
3.2 years
22%
2.11%
4.4%

31-Mar-19
30-Sep-22
$5.85
4.2 years
22%
2.15%
4.4%

31-Mar-20
30-Sep-22
$5.85
5.2 years
22%
2.22%
4.4%

31-Mar-16
21-Jan-22
$5.85
$5.65
4.1 years
22%
2.15%
4.4%

31-Mar-17
21-Jan-22
$5.85
$5.65
4.6 years
22%
2.18%
4.4%

31-Mar-18
21-Jan-22
$5.85
$5.65
5.1 years
22%
2.21%
4.4%

31-Mar-19
30-Sep-22
$5.85
$5.65
5.9 years
22%
2.28%
4.4%

31-Mar-20
30-Sep-22
$5.85
$5.65
6.4 years
22%
2.33%
4.4%

Four specific executives have been granted rights and options under the EPS share incentive plan (Plan H). The modified grant date 
method (AASB 2) is applied to this incentive plan whereby the cost of the plan is determined by the value of the rights and options at 
grant date and the probability of the EPS targets being achieved and vesting occurring. The number of rights and options granted under 
the plan is as follows:

Performance Rights

Number
14,412
15,065
15,746
16,459
17,202

Performance Options

Number
95,235
93,020
93,020
91,953
93,020

Grant Date
21-Jan-15
21-Jan-15
21-Jan-15
21-Jan-15
21-Jan-15

Grant Date
21-Jan-15
21-Jan-15
21-Jan-15
21-Jan-15
21-Jan-15

End Performance Period
31-Dec-15
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

End Performance Period
31-Dec-15
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

Expiry Date
21-Jan-22
12-Feb-22
12-Feb-22
12-Feb-22
30-Sep-22

Expiry Date
21-Jan-22
12-Feb-22
12-Feb-22
12-Feb-22
30-Sep-22

Fair Value at Grant Date
$5.55
$5.31
$5.08
$4.86
$4.65

Fair Value at Grant Date
$0.84
$0.86
$0.86
$0.87
$0.86

No performance rights or options were forfeited or expired during the year. A total of 14,402 performance rights were issued during the year.

As a result of the application of discretion by the Board, all of the performance rights options relating to the 31 December 2019 
performance period have vested. Furthermore, the Board has used its discretion to vest all remaining tranches of performance rights 
and options relating to the 2017 and 2018 performance periods.

The value of the performance rights and options expensed during the year was $139,990, with a cumulative expense being recognised 
as at 31 December 2019 of $749,281 (2018: $609,291).

97

ANNUAL REPORT 201939  OTHER SHARE BASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED

Plan I: EPS Performance Rights and Options – Key Executives 

The Group commenced in 2015 a new performance rights and options compensation scheme for a specific senior staff member, based 
on achieving certain defined operating targets for a specific business entity. The fair value of these performance rights and options is 
calculated on grant date and recognised over the period to vesting. The fair value has been calculated using a binomial option pricing 
model based on numerous variables including the following:

Performance Rights
Award date 12 February 2015
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

Performance Options
Award date 12 February 2015
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

31-Mar-16
12-Feb-22
$6.26
1.1 years
22%
1.91%
4.2%

31-Mar-17
12-Feb-22
$6.26
2.1 years
22%
1.85%
4.2%

31-Mar-18
12-Feb-22
$6.26
3.1 years
22%
1.87%
4.2%

31-Mar-19
30-Sep-22
$6.26
4.1 years
22%
1.95%
4.2%

31-Mar-20
30-Sep-22
$6.26
5.1 years
22%
2.05%
4.2%

31-Mar-16
12-Feb-22
$6.26
$6.26
4.1 years
22%
1.94%
4.2%

31-Mar-17
12-Feb-22
$6.26
$6.26
4.6 years
22%
1.99%
4.2%

31-Mar-18
12-Feb-22
$6.26
$6.26
5.1 years
22%
2.04%
4.2%

31-Mar-19
30-Sep-22
$6.26
$6.26
5.9 years
22%
2.14%
4.2%

31-Mar-20
30-Sep-22
$6.26
$6.26
6.4 years
22%
2.20%
4.2%

A specific senior staff member has been granted performance rights and options under the Specific Target share plan (Plan I). The 
modified grant date method (AASB 2) is applied to this incentive plan whereby the cost of the plan is determined by the value of the 
rights and options at grant date and the probability of specific targets being achieved and vesting occurring. The number of rights and 
options granted under the plan is as follows:

Performance Rights

Number
9,045
9,440
9,836
11,406
11,881

Performance Options

Number
97,590
95,294
94,186
102,272
102,272

Grant Date
12-Feb-15
12-Feb-15
12-Feb-15
12-Feb-15
12-Feb-15

Grant Date
12-Feb-15
12-Feb-15
12-Feb-15
12-Feb-15
12-Feb-15

End Performance Period
31-Dec-15
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

End Performance Period
31-Dec-15
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

Expiry Date
12-Feb-22
12-Feb-22
12-Feb-22
30-Sep-22
30-Sep-22

Expiry Date
12-Feb-22
12-Feb-22
12-Feb-22
30-Sep-22
30-Sep-22

Fair Value at Grant Date
$5.97
$5.72
$5.49
$5.26
$5.05

Fair Value at Grant Date
$0.83
$0.85
$0.86
$0.88
$0.88

No rights or options were forfeited or expired during the year. No performance rights or options exercised during the year.

As a result of the specific senior staff member leaving the Group in 2018, all of the performance rights and options that had not yet 
vested have lapsed.

No costs of the share plan were expensed during 2019 (2018: $Nil), with a cumulative expense being recognised of $512,134.

98

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Plan K: EPS Performance Rights and Options – Key Executives 

The Group commenced a new Earnings Per Share (EPS) based performance rights and options compensation scheme for one specific 
executive officer in 2016. The fair value of these performance rights and options is calculated on grant date and recognised over the 
period to vesting. The vesting of the performance rights and options granted is based on the achievement of specified earnings per 
share growth targets and interest cover thresholds. The fair value has been calculated using a binomial option pricing model based on 
numerous variables including the following:

Performance Rights
Award date 31 March 2016
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

Performance Options
Award date 31 March 2016
Vesting date
Expiry date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected life
Volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

31-Mar-17
31-Mar-24
$9.75
1.0 year
27%
1.95%
3.8%

31-Mar-18
31-Mar-24
$9.75
2.0 years
27%
1.88%
3.8%

31-Mar-19
31-Mar-24
$9.75
3.0 years
27%
1.90%
3.8%

31-Mar-20
31-Mar-24
$9.75
4.0 years
27%
1.98%
3.8%

31-Mar-17
31-Mar-24
$9.75
$10.34
4.5 years
27%
2.03%
3.8%

31-Mar-18
31-Mar-24
$9.75
$10.34
5.0 years
27%
2.08%
3.8%

31-Mar-19
31-Mar-24
$9.75
$10.34
5.5 years
27%
2.13%
3.8%

31-Mar-20
31-Mar-24
$9.75
$10.34
6.0 years
27%
2.18%
3.8%

One specific executive has been granted rights and options under the EPS share incentive plan (Plan K). The modified grant date 
method (AASB 2) is applied to this incentive plan whereby the cost of the plan is determined by the value of the rights and options at 
grant date and the probability of the EPS targets being achieved and vesting occurring. The number of rights and options granted under 
the plan is as follows:

Performance Rights

Number
7,987
8,296
8,620
8,960

Performance Options

Number
48,076
46,012
44,910
43,859

Grant Date
31-Mar-16
31-Mar-16
31-Mar-16
31-Mar-16

Grant Date
31-Mar-16
31-Mar-16
31-Mar-16
31-Mar-16

End Performance Period
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

End Performance Period
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19

Expiry Date
31-Mar-24
31-Mar-24
31-Mar-24
31-Mar-24

Expiry Date
31-Mar-24
31-Mar-24
31-Mar-24
31-Mar-24

Fair Value at Grant Date
$9.39
$9.04
$8.70
$8.37

Fair Value at Grant Date
$1.56
$1.63
$1.67
$1.71

No performance rights or options were forfeited or expired during the year. No rights were issued and no options were exercised during 
the year.

As a result of the application of discretion by the Board, all of the performance rights options relating to the 31 December 2019 
performance period have vested. Furthermore, the Board has used its discretion to vest all remaining tranches of performance rights 
and options relating to the 2017 and 2018 performance periods.

The value of the performance rights and options expensed during the year was $149,994 with a cumulative expense being recognised as 
at 31 December 2019 of $449,986 (2018: $395,511).

99

ANNUAL REPORT 201940  RELATED PARTIES

Key management personnel

Other information on key management personnel has been disclosed in the Directors’ Report.

Remuneration and retirement benefits

Information on the remuneration of key individual management personnel has been disclosed in the Remuneration Report included in 
the Directors’ Report.

Other transactions of Directors and Director related entities

The aggregate amount of “Other transactions” with key management personnel are as follows:

(i) 

 Mr N G Politis is a director and shareholder of a number of companies involved in the motor industry with whom the consolidated 
entity transacts business. These transactions, sales of $85,314 (2018: $92,174) and purchases of $71,337 (2018: $159,382) during the 
last 12 months, are primarily the sale and purchase of spare parts and accessories and are carried out under terms and conditions 
no more favourable than those which it is reasonable to expect would have applied if the transactions were at arm’s length.

(ii)   M Birrell is a director and owner of a number of properties leased by subsidiaries of A. P. Eagers. The lease transactions of 
$3,820,621 (2018: $4,441,343) have been carried out under terms and conditions no more favourable than those which it is 
reasonable to expect would have applied if the transactions were at arm’s length.

 Furthermore, during the twelve months ended 31 December 2019, Mr M Birrell purchased stock with a value of $580,096 (2018: 
$484,888) from one of the subsidiaries and sold goods and services of $170,830 (2018: $Nil). This transaction was carried out under 
terms and conditions no more favourable than those which is reasonable to expect would have applied if the transactions were at 
arms length.

 Mr M Birrell is a director and owner of a company involved in the provision of finance to the motor vehicle industry with whom 
the consolidated entity transacts business. These transactions, totalling $210,071 (2018: $204,164), are commissions paid to the 
consolidated entity and are carried out under terms and conditions no more favourable than those which it is reasonable to expect 
would have applied if the transactions were at arm’s length.

(iii)   Controlled entities may, from time to time, sell motor vehicles, parts and servicing of motor vehicles for domestic use to directors 

of entities in the consolidated entity or their director-related entities within a normal employee relationship on terms and conditions 
no more favourable than those which it is reasonable to expect would have been adopted if dealing with the directors or their 
director-related entities at arm’s length in the same circumstances.

Wholly-owned Group

The parent entity of the wholly-owned Group is A.P. Eagers Limited. Information relating to the wholly-owned Group is set out in Note 33.

100

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019 
 
41  EARNINGS PER SHARE

(a)  Basic earnings per share

From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company

From continuing operations

From discontinued operation

(b) Diluted earnings per share

From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company

From continuing operations

From discontinued operation

(c)  Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company used in calculating basic and diluted 
earnings per share:

(Loss)/profit for the year

Less: attributable to non-controlling interest

      CONSOLIDATED

2019 
Cents

2018
Cents

(62.4)

(39.4)

(23.0)

(62.4)

(39.4)

(23.0)

50.1

50.1

-

49.8

49.8

-

      CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

2018
$’000

(129,124)

(2,789)

97,496

(1,619)

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company used in calculating basic earnings per 
share

(131,913)

95,877

Diluted earnings per share

(Loss)/Profit for the year attributable to share holders of the parent

Loss from discontinued operations

(Loss)/Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company used in calculating diluted 
earnings per share

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year

Shares deemed to be issued for no consideration in respect of employee options (1)

(131,913)

(48,644)

95,877

-

(180,557)

95,877

2019
Number

2018
Number

211,306,958

191,301,059

2,728,331

1,387,987

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year used in the calculation of 
diluted earnings per share

214,035,289

192,689,046

(1)    182,857 performance options representing potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive and are therefore excluded from the weighted average number of 

ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share.

(2)  In 2019, the options of 2,728,331 are considered to be anti-dilutive due to the current period loss.

101

ANNUAL REPORT 201942  RECONCILIATION OF NET PROFIT AFTER TAX TO THE NET CASH INFLOWS FROM OPERATIONS

Net profit after tax

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment of non-current assets

Gain on reclassification of investment in AHG

Gain on contingent consideration release

Share of profits of associate

Gain on sale of property, plant & equipment

Employee share scheme expense

Profit on sale of business

Property receivable and deposits

Impact of AASB 16

(Gain)/Loss on disposal of non-financial assets

(Increase)/decrease in assets -

Receivables

Inventories

Prepayments

Increase/(decrease) in liabilities -

Creditors (including bailment finance)

Provisions

Taxes payable

Net cash inflow from operating activities

43  INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

(a)  Carrying amounts

Notes

5

      CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

(129,124)

109,061

279,672

(65,061)

(19,674)

(407)

(14,457)

1,906

(19,709)

-

-

(6,715)

57,521

169,718

(1,779)

(231,422)

(11,301)

52,567

170,796

RESTATED
2018 
$’000

97,496

46,137

-

-

-

(77)

(3,554)

391

(2,573)

7,145

(2,433)

-

5,522

(37,516)

(1,445)

15,275

2,047

(12,260)

114,155

Investments in associate are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Information 
relating to the associate is set out below:

Name of company

Unlisted securities

Norna Limited (formerly MTQ Insurance Services Limited)

DealerMotive Limited

Vehicle Parts (WA) Pty Ltd

Mazda Parts

AHG Limited(1)

(1)  Refer to Note 33(a) for the acquisition of AHG Limited.

       OWNERSHIP INTEREST

      CONSOLIDATED

2019
%

-

39.37

50.00

16.67

-

2018
%

20.65

25.50

-

-

28.87

2019
$’000

-

15,629

1,127

50

-

2018
$’000

1,620

10,457

-

-

-

16,806

12,077

102

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF  THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED31 DECEMBER 2019Norna Limited (formerly MTQ Insurance Servers Limited)

In 2014 MTQ Insurance Services Limited changed its name to Norna Limited. On 29 August 2014 MTA Insurance Limited (a wholly owned 
subsidiary of Norna Limited) was sold to AAI Limited. Settlement took place in instalments, the final of which was realised in 2019.

DealerMotive Limited

DealerMotive Limited is incorporated in Australia. Its principal activities for the period is holding a 30% investment in Cox Automotive 
Australia, a subsidiary of Cox Automotive. Cox Automotive Australia controls and operates Manheim Australia, Dealer Solutions and 
One Way Traffic (Carsguide) businesses and owns the Auto Traders brand.

Vehicle Parts (WA) Pty Ltd

Vehicle Parts (WA) Pty Ltd provides warehousing and distribution of automotive parts and accessories for Subaru in Western Australia.

(b)  Movement in the carrying amounts of investment in associate

Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year

Equity share of profit from ordinary activities after income tax

Equity accounted investments acquired

Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

      CONSOLIDATED

2019 
$’000

12,077

407

4,322

16,806

2018 
$’000

12,000

77

-

12,077

(c)  Share of associate profit

Based on the last published results for the 12 months to 30 June 2019 plus unaudited results up to 31 December 2019.

Profit from ordinary activities after income tax

407

77

(d)  Reporting date of associates

The associates reporting dates are 30 June annually.

103

ANNUAL REPORT 2019DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

At the date of this declaration, the company is within the class 
of companies affected by ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned 
Companies) Instrument 2016/785. The nature of the deed of 
cross guarantee is such that each company which is party to the 
deed guarantees to each creditor payment in full of any debt in 
accordance with the deed of cross guarantee.

In the directors’ opinion, there are reasonable grounds to 
believe that the company and the companies to which the 
ASIC Corporation Instrument applies, as detailed in Note 33 
to the financial statements will, as a group, be able to meet 
any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, 
subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee.

On behalf of the Directors

Martin Ward 
Director

Brisbane, 
27th February 2020

104

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 
Level 25 and 26, Riverside Centre 
123 Eagle Street 
Brisbane, QLD, 4000 
Australia 

Phone: +61 7 3308 7000 
www.deloitte.com.au 

Independent Auditor's Report                                                 

to the Members of A.P. Eagers Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We  have  audited  the  financial  report  of  A.P.  Eagers  Limited  (the  "Company")  and  its  subsidiaries  (the 
"Group") which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2019, the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of 
changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors' declaration.  

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001, including:  

(i)  

(ii)  

giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 31 December 2019 and of its 
financial performance for the year then ended; and   
complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section 
of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements 
of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  the  ethical  requirements  of  the  Accounting  Professional  and  Ethical 
Standards Board's APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to 
our  audit  of  the  financial  report  in  Australia.  We  have  also  fulfilled  our  other  ethical  responsibilities  in 
accordance with the Code.  

We  confirm  that  the  independence  declaration  required  by  the  Corporations Act  2001,  which  has  been 
given to the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the time 
of this auditor's report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial report for the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our 
audit  of  the  financial  report  as  a  whole,  and  in  forming  our  opinion  thereon,  and  we  do  not  provide  a 
separate opinion on these matters.  

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte Network. 

105

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED     Key Audit Matter How the scope of our audit responded to the Key Audit Matter Acquisition of Automotive Holdings Group and associated provisional fair values of acquired balances  As disclosed in Notes 2a (i) and 33a, A.P. Eagers Limited ("A.P. Eagers" or the "Group") completed the acquisition of Automotive Holdings Group ("AHG") during the year ended 31 December 2019 following an all scrip offer which closed on 16 September 2019. The Group declared a relevant interest of 62.5% in AHG on 19 August 2019, going on to acquire 100% of the shares in AHG through a compulsory acquisition on 24 October 2019.   Accounting for material Business Combinations is complex and requires management to make a number of judgements and estimates as disclosed in Note 2a (i), including but not limited to:  • the determination of the date of acquisition; and • the identification of and fair values attributed to the separately identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, including intangible assets.  Our procedures performed, which involved our valuations specialists, included, but were not limited to:  • Obtaining a copy of the all-scrip offer and relevant agreements to understand the terms and conditions of the offer and evaluating management's application of the relevant accounting standards, including:  • the appropriateness of the acquisition date; and • the fair value of the purchase consideration.  • Obtaining an understanding of and assessing the external experts draft report by reading the report, evaluating its scope and holding discussions with the expert.  • Assessing the competence and objectivity of the expert and challenging the appropriateness of the identification of and valuation methodologies and key judgements adopted in determining fair values of customer relationships, brands other intangible and tangible assets.  • Assessing the process applied by management in assigning fair values to property plant and equipment, inventory, lease liabilities and right-of-use assets.  • Assessing the methodology used in allocating the calculated goodwill to the Group's identified cash-generating units ("CGUs").  • Assessing the appropriateness of the disclosures in Notes 2a (i) and 33a to the financial statements.                       107

   Key Audit Matter How the scope of our audit responded to the Key Audit Matter Carrying value of goodwill   As disclosed in Notes 2a (iii) and 17, the Group has recognised goodwill with a carrying value of $743 million at 31 December 2019, after recognising impairment losses of $209 million during the year.   The assessment of the recoverable amount of goodwill and other assets allocated to the CGUs or groups of CGUs requires management to exercise significant judgement, including:   • the determination of and allocation of goodwill to the CGUs or groups of CGUs; and • the determination of the following key assumptions used in the calculation of the recoverable amount of each CGU or groups of CGUs: • the cash flow forecasts;  • future growth rates; • terminal growth factors; and  • discount rates.  Our procedures performed, which involved our valuations specialists, included, but were not limited to:  • Obtaining an understanding of the processes that management and the directors undertook in determining the CGUs or groups of CGUs and preparing the valuation models for recoverable amounts.  • Evaluating management's identification of CGUs.  • Assessing and challenging:  • the basis of cash flows for the CGUs and agreeing inputs in the cashflow models to supporting data; • CGU growth rates and terminal growth rates against relevant external data; and • the discount rates applied by comparing the rates used to the range of discount rates calculated by our internal valuation specialists.  • Performing sensitivity analysis on key assumptions.  • Testing the mathematical accuracy and integrity of the cash flow models.  • Assessing the appropriateness of the disclosures in Notes 2a (iii) and 17 to the financial statements. Key Audit Matter How the scope of our audit responded to the Key Audit Matter First-year adoption of AASB 16 Leases  As disclosed in Notes 1aa, 2a (iv) and 15, the Group has applied AASB 16 Leases ("AASB 16") from 1 January 2019. The adoption has had a material impact on the Group's financial statements, with right-of-use assets and lease liabilities recognised for the first time, equal to $1 billion and $1.2 billion respectively, refer to Note 15.   In applying AASB 16, management is required to make certain assumptions and judgements, including the following:   • determining whether contractual arrangements constitute a lease under the standard; • determining the appropriate discount rate to be applied in the calculation of right-of-use-assets and lease liabilities; and • the likelihood of exercise of any renewal options. Our procedures performed, which involved our valuations specialists, included, but were not limited to:  • Assessing the appropriateness of key assumptions applied in calculating the lease liability and right-of-use assets, including discount rates and the expected lease period.  • Verifying the accuracy of the underlying lease data in calculations by agreeing a sample of leases to the original contract or other supporting information.  • Assessing the mechanical accuracy of the AASB 16 calculations for each lease sampled through recalculation of the expected lease liability and right of use asset.  • Assessing the accuracy of the related interest and depreciation expense.  • Assessing the appropriateness of the disclosures in Notes 1aa, 2a (iv) and 15 to the financial statements. ANNUAL REPORT 2019108

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED     Other Information   The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Directors' Report, which we obtained prior to the date of this auditor's report, and also includes the following information which will be included in the annual report (but does not include the financial report and our auditor's report thereon): the Company Profile, the 5 Year Financial Summary and the A.P. Eagers Foundation Report, which are expected to be made available to us after that date.   Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information, and we do not and will not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.   In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor's report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.   When we read the Company Profile, the 5 Year Financial Summary and the A.P. Eagers Foundation Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to the directors and use our professional judgement to determine the appropriate action.    Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report  The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.   In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations or has no realistic alternative but to do so.    Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report   Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report.  As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:    • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.   • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group's internal control.   • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.   109

•Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors' use of the going concern basis of accountingand, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to eventsor conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern.If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor'sreport to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, tomodify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date ofour auditor's report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease tocontinue as a going concern.•Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including thedisclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and eventsin a manner that achieves fair presentation.•Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities orbusiness activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We areresponsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group's audit. We remain solelyresponsible for our audit opinion.We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.  We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.  From the matters communicated with the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor's report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Report on the Remuneration Report Opinion on the Remuneration Report We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 13 to 21 of the Directors' Report for the year ended 31 December 2019.  In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of A.P. Eagers Limited, for the year ended 31 December 2019, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  Responsibilities The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU Stephen Tarling Partner Chartered Accountants Brisbane, 27 February 2020 ANNUAL REPORT 2019ADDITION TO  
NOTE 33  
INVESTMENTS  
IN SUBSIDIARIES

THIS INFORMATION IS NON AUDITED AND IS 
PROVIDED FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE USERS  
OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

110

ADDITION TO NOTE 33  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUEDADDITION TO NOTE 33  
INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES 

EQUITY HOLDING Member of DOCG

Membership 
Group

Opt In/Out

Name of entity
Eagers Retail Pty Ltd
Eagers MD Pty Ltd
Eagers Finance Pty Ltd
Nundah Motors Pty Ltd
Eagers Nominees Pty Ltd
Austral Pty Ltd
E G Eager & Son Pty Ltd
A.P. Group Ltd
A.P. Ford Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors (No.1) Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors (No.2) Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors (No.3) Pty Ltd
Associated Finance Pty Limited
Leaseline & General Finance Pty Ltd
City Automotive Group Pty Ltd
PPT Investments Pty Ltd
PPT Holdings No 1 Pty Ltd
PPT Holdings No 2 Pty Ltd
PPT Holdings No 3 Pty Ltd
Bill Buckle Holdings Pty Ltd
Bill Buckle Autos Pty Ltd
Bill Buckle Leasing Pty Ltd
Adtrans Group Limited
Adtrans Corporate Pty Ltd
Adtrans Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Stillwell Trucks Pty Ltd
Adtrans Trucks Pty Ltd
Graham Cornes Motors Pty Ltd
Whitehorse Trucks Pty Ltd
Adtrans Used Pty Ltd
Adtrans Hino Pty Ltd
Adtrans Australia Pty Ltd
Melbourne Truck and Bus Centre Pty Ltd
Adtrans Truck Centre Pty Ltd
Adtrans Trucks Adelaide Pty Ltd
Precision Automotive Technology Pty Ltd
IB Motors Pty Ltd
IB MD Pty Ltd
AP Townsville Pty Ltd
South West Queensland Motors Pty Ltd
BASW Pty Ltd
Western Equipment Rentals Pty Ltd
Boonarga Welding Pty Ltd
Black Auto CQ Pty Ltd
CH Auto Pty Ltd
Auto Ad Pty Ltd
Motors TAS Pty Ltd
WS Motors Pty Ltd
MB VIC Pty Ltd
Carzoos Pty Ltd
Crampton Automotive Pty Ltd

2019 
%
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
-
-
-
-
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
80
80
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*

*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

2018 
%
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
80
80
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

2019
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

2018
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

2019
C
EC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
NA
NA
NA
NA
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
EC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
EC
C
EC
EC
C
EC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

2018
C
EC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
EC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
EC
C
EC
EC
C
EC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

2019

2018

Ref

1
1
1
1

Opt In

Opt Out

Opt In

Opt Out

111

ANNUAL REPORT 2019EQUITY HOLDING Member of DOCG

Membership 
Group

Opt In/Out

Name of entity
Motors Group (Glen Waverley) Pty Ltd
Port City Autos Pty Ltd
Adverpro Pty Ltd
Cheap Cars QLD Pty Ltd
Eurocars (SA) Pty Ltd
Finmo Pty Ltd
360 Finance Pty Ltd
360 Financial Services Australia Pty Ltd
360 Insurance Services Pty Ltd
ACN 132 712 111 Pty Ltd
ACM Autos Holdings Pty Ltd
ACM Autos Pty Ltd
ACM Liverpool Pty Ltd
AHG 1 Pty Ltd
AHG Automotive Mining and Industrial 
Solutions Pty Ltd
AHG Coatings Pty Ltd
AHG Finance 2005 Pty Ltd
AHG Finance Pty Ltd
AHG Franchised Automotive Pty Ltd
AHG International Pty Ltd
AHG Management Company Pty Ltd
AHG Newcastle Pty Ltd
AHG Property Pty Ltd
AHG Services (NSW) Pty Ltd
AHG Services (QLD) Pty Ltd
AHG Services (VIC) Pty Ltd
AHG Services (WA) Pty Ltd
AHG Trade Parts Pty Ltd
AHG Training Pty Ltd
AHG WA (2015) Pty Ltd
AHGCL 2016 Pty Ltd
AHGSW 2018 Pty Ltd
Auckland Auto Collection Limited
AUT 6. Pty Ltd
Automotive Holdings Group (Queensland) Pty 
Ltd
Automotive Holdings Group (Victoria) Pty Ltd
Automotive Holdings Group Limited
Big Rock 2005 Pty Ltd
Big Rock Pty Ltd
Bradstreet Motors Holdings Pty Ltd
Bradstreet Motors Pty Limited
Cardiff Car City Holdings Pty Ltd
Cardiff Car City Pty Limited
Carlin Auction Services (NSW) Pty Ltd
Carlin Auction Services (QLD) Pty Ltd
Carlins Automotive Auctioneers (WA) Pty Ltd
Carlins Automotive Auctioneers Pty Ltd
Carlins Corporate Vehicle Services Pty Ltd
Carlins Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Carsplus Australia Pty Ltd

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*

*

*

2019 
%
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100

2018 
%
80
100
100
100
100
100
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

2019
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y

2018
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

2019
EC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
NA
NA
C
C

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
80
100
80
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
53
100

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

C
C
C
NA
C
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
C

2018
EC
C
C
C
C
C
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

112

2019

2018

Ref

Opt Out

Opt In

Opt In

Opt In

Opt In

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

ADDITION TO NOTE 33  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUEDEQUITY HOLDING Member of DOCG

Membership 
Group

Opt In/Out

Name of entity
Castle Hill Autos No. 1 Pty Ltd
Castlegate Enterprises Pty Ltd
CFD (2012) Pty Ltd
Chellingworth Pty Ltd
City Auto (2016) Holdings Pty Ltd
City Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
City Motors (1981) Pty Ltd
Doncaster Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Drive A While Pty Ltd
Dual Autos Pty Ltd
Duncan Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Duncan Autos Pty Ltd
Easy Auto 123 Pty Ltd
Essendon Auto (2017) Pty Ltd
Falconet Pty Ltd
Ferntree Gully Autos Holdings Pty Ltd
Ferntree Gully Autos Pty Ltd
Geraldine Nominees Pty Ltd
Giant Autos (1997) Pty Ltd
Giant Autos Pty Ltd
Grand Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Highland Autos Pty Ltd
Highland Kackell Pty Ltd
HM (2015) Holdings Pty Ltd
HM (2015) Pty Ltd
Janasen Pty Ltd
Janetto Holdings Pty Ltd
JAT Refrigerated Road Services Pty Ltd
Kingspoint Pty Ltd
Knox Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Laverton Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Lionteam Pty Ltd
LWC International Limited
LWC Limited
Maitland City Motor Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Maitland City Motor Group Pty Ltd
Matchacar Pty Ltd
MBSA Motors Pty Ltd
MCM Autos Pty Ltd
MCM Sutherland Pty Ltd
Melbourne City Autos (2012) Pty Ltd
Melville Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Melville Autos Pty Ltd
Mornington Auto Group (2012) Pty Ltd
Newcastle Commercial Vehicles Pty Ltd
North City (1981) Pty Ltd
North City 2005 Pty Ltd
Northside Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Northside Nissan (1986) Pty Ltd
Northwest (WA) Pty Ltd
Novated Direct Pty Ltd
NSW Vehicle Wholesale Pty Ltd

2019 
%
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
80
80
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*

*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

2018 
%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

2019
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

2018
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

2019
C
C
C
C
NA
NA
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
NA
NA
C
C
C
NA
NA
C
NA
NA
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
NA
NA
C
C
NA
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

2018
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

2019
Opt In

2018

Opt In

Opt In
Opt In

Opt In

Opt In
Opt In

Opt In

Opt In
Opt In
Opt In

Ref
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

113

ANNUAL REPORT 2019Name of entity
Nuford Ford Pty Ltd
OPM (2012) Holdings Pty Ltd
OPM (2012) Pty Ltd
Osborne Park Autos Pty Ltd
Penrith Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Perth Auto Alliance Pty Ltd
PT (2013) Pty Ltd
Rand Transport (1986) Pty Ltd
Rand Transport Pty Ltd
Rent Two Buy Pty Ltd
Sabalan Holdings Pty Ltd
Sabalan Pty Ltd
Scott’s Refrigerated Freightways Pty Ltd
Shemapel 2005 Pty Ltd
Skipper Trucks Pty Ltd
Southeast Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Southern Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Southside Autos (1981) Pty Ltd
Southside Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Southwest Automotive Group Pty Ltd
SWGT Pty Ltd
Total Autos (1990) Pty Ltd
Total Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
VMS Pty Ltd
Vehicle Storage & Engineering Pty Ltd
WA Trucks Pty Ltd
Widevalley Pty Ltd
Zupp Holdings Pty Ltd
Zupps Aspley Pty Ltd
Zupps Gold Coast Pty Ltd
Zupps Mt Gravatt Pty Ltd
Zupps Parts Pty Ltd
Zupps Southside Pty Ltd
Submo Pty Ltd
APE Cars Mgmt Pty Ltd
Webster Trucks Mgmt Pty Ltd

EQUITY HOLDING Member of DOCG

Membership 
Group

Opt In/Out

2019 
%
100
80
100
100
100
100
99
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

*

*
*
*

*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

2018 
%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

2019
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

2018
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

2019
C
NA
NA
C
C
C
NA
C
C
C
NA
NA
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

2018
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

2019

2018

Opt In

Opt In

Opt In
Opt In

Opt In

Opt In

Ref
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

1 - Entities disposed of during the year, with the disposal lodged with ASIC on 12 November 2019.
2 – Entities added by an assumption deed to the deed of cross guarantee, lodged with ASIC on 20 December 2019.
C – Member of the Closed Group
EC – Member of the Extended Closed Group

All subsidiaries that are either directly controlled by A.P. Eagers Limited, or are wholly owned within the Group, have ordinary class of 
shares and are incorporated in Australia or New Zealand.

All 100% owned subsidiaries were parties to a deed of cross guarantee with A.P. Eagers Limited pursuant to ASIC Corporations 
(Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 which has been lodged with and approved by Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission as at 31 December 2019. Under the deed of cross guarantee each of these companies guarantee the debts of the other 
named companies.

As a party to the deed of cross guarantee, each of the wholly-owned subsidiaries (marked *) is relieved from the requirement to prepare 
and lodge an audited financial report.

114

ADDITION TO NOTE 33  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUEDA consolidated statement of profits or loss and statement of financial position, comprising the Company and entities which are 
members of the Closed Group, after eliminating all transactions between parties to the deed of cross guarantee, at 31 December 2019 
is set out below:

Deed of Cross Guarantee

Statement of Profit or Loss

(Loss) / Profit before tax from continuing operations

Income tax expense from continuing operations

(Loss) / Profit / (loss) for the period from continuing operations

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000
*Restated

(83,854) 

(10,525) 

(94,379) 

116,990

(27,621) 

89,368 

(Loss) / Profit for the period from discontinued operations

(48,644)

-   

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments and deposits

Assets classified as held for sale

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Other loans receivable

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Investments in associates

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Other non-current assets

Right-of-use assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

(143,023)

89,368

82,478

268,918

1,280,699

20,573

1,652,667

507,155

0

19,062 

145,951 

623,537 

11,981 

800,530 

-   

-   

2,159,822

800,530 

30,893

2,366

16,756

439,910

725,404

158,874

13,030

896,143

8,303 

149,774 

12,077 

385,452 

279,992 

24,847 

-   

197,426 

2,283,376

1,057,871 

4,443,198

1,858,401 

115

ANNUAL REPORT 20192019 
$’000

2018 
$’000
*Restated

330,767

134,373 

0

35 

1,147,462

514,267 

28,655

92,384

40,180

154,918

5,519 

48,481 

5,278 

40,559 

1,794,366

748,513 

508,666

-   

2,303,032

748,513 

381,869

312,614 

43,804

43,529

-

913,014

1,382,216

-   

313 

18,823 

183,752 

515,501 

3,685,248

1,264,014

757,950

594,387

1,156,938

355,274 

(602,362)

(143,536) 

188,584

743,160

9,423

752,583

372,647 

584,384 

8,002 

592,386

Deed of Cross Guarantee

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Borrowings - bailment and other current loans

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Deferred revenue

Lease liabilities

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Deferred revenue

Provisions

Other

Lease liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

116

ADDITION TO NOTE 33  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUEDEntities that are parties to the deed of cross guarantee and controlled by A.P. Eagers Limited 

A consolidated statement of profit or loss and statement of financial position, comprising the entities that are parties to the deed 
of cross guarantee and controlled by A.P. Eagers Limited, after eliminating all transactions between parties to the deed of cross 
guarantee, at 31 December 2019 is set out below:

Deed of Cross Guarantee

Statement of Profit or Loss

(Loss) / Profit before tax from continuing operations

Income tax expense from continuing operations

(Loss) / Profit / (loss) for the period from continuing operations

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000 
*Restated

(83,854) 

(10,525) 

(94,379) 

116,990 

(27,621) 

89,368 

(Loss) / Profit for the period from discontinued operations

(48,644)

-

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments and deposits

Assets classified as held for sale

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Other loans receivable

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Investments in associates

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Other non-current assets

Right-of-use assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

(143,023)

89,368 

82,738 

280,246 

1,334,656 

21,031 

1,718,671 

507,155 

18,868 

156,286 

690,167 

12,617 

877,938 

-   

2,225,826 

877,938 

30,893 

2,366 

16,756 

442,717 

758,737 

161,005 

13,030 

918,057 

8,303 

149,774 

12,077 

388,407 

313,325 

26,766 

-   

222,759 

2,343,561 

1,121,411 

4,569,387 

1,999,349 

117

ANNUAL REPORT 20192019 
$’000

2018 
$’000 
*Restated

335,294 

145,917 

-   

35 

1,195,021 

571,615 

25,466 

96,803 

40,759 

158,812 

2,190 

48,481 

5,862 

44,596 

1,852,154 

818,696 

508,666 

-   

2,360,820 

818,696 

381,869 

312,614 

43,804 

44,227 

-

934,043 

1,403,943 

-   

5,052 

19,422 

207,906 

544,994 

3,764,763

1,363,690

804,624

635,659

1,173,069 

371,405 

(583,131) 

(124,306) 

205,263 

795,201 

9,423 

380,558 

627,657 

8,002 

804,624 

635,659 

Deed of Cross Guarantee

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Borrowings - bailment and other current loans

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Deferred revenue

Lease liabilities

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Deferred revenue

Provisions

Other

Lease liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

118

ADDITION TO NOTE 33  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUEDAHG became a wholly-owned subsidiary of A.P. Eagers on or about on 24 October 2019 (Acquisition) pursuant to a compulsory 
acquisition by A.P. Eagers of all of the remaining shares in AHG that were not already owned by A.P. Eagers following the close of A.P. 
Eagers’ off-market takeover bid for AHG on 16 September 2019.

Under ASIC Instrument 20-0106 (Instrument), Automotive Holdings Group Limited (AHG), the directors of AHG and AP Eagers 
were granted relief from compliance with certain provisions of the Corporations Act. The effect of this Instrument Is that subject to 
certain conditions.

(a)   AHG is not required to:

 > Prepare a separate audited financial report and directors’ report; or

 > Report to its member under section 314 of the Corporations Act; or

 >

Send a report to its member in accordance with a request under subsection 316(1) of the Corporations Act, in relation to the 
financial year ended 31 December 2019;

(b)  The directors of AHG do not have to comply with:

 >

 The requirement under section 317 of the Corporations Act to lay reports before the AGM of AHG following the year ended 31 
December 2019;

 > A requirement (if any) in relation to the appointment of an auditor following any casual vacancy occurring before 31 March 2020;

(c)    AP Eagers does not have to comply with subsection 292(1) of the Corporations Act in relation to the year ended 31 December 2019 
to the extent that any non-compliance would result merely from AP Eagers preparing financial reports that includes notes that 
have been prepared for the purposes of compliance with the Instrument and section of 6 of ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned 
Companies) Instrument 2016/785;

(d)   AHG does not have to comply with a requirement (if any) to appoint an auditor of AHG at its AGM for the 2020 calendar year.

Refer Notes 34(a) and 34(b) in respect of guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to debts of its subsidiaries.

119

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
AS AT 27 MARCH 2020

EQUITY SECURITIES

The company’s quoted securities consist of 256,933,106 ordinary fully paid shares (ASX: APE).

TOP 20 HOLDERS OF ORDINARY SHARES

WFM Motors Pty Ltd

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

Jove Pty Ltd

Milton Corporation Limited

Alan Piper Investments (No1) Pty Ltd

Patterson Cheney Investments Pty Ltd

Argo Investments Limited

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

National Nominees Limited

Berne No 132 Nominees Pty Ltd <315738 A/C>

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 

Four Leaf Family Pty Ltd 

LG McGrath Investments Pty Ltd

Birrell Investments Pty Ltd 

Diane Colman

Pulo Rd Pty Ltd 

Hegford Pty Ltd

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 

No. of Shares

% of Issued Shares

69,710,146

22,980,870

15,210,624

14,103,709

12,396,588

6,795,986

6,406,250

6,348,239

6,083,588

5,462,223

3,546,691

2,444,101

2,381,651

2,076,776

2,028,362

2,000,000

1,881,710

1,746,935

1,371,652

1,208,331

27.13

8.94

5.92

5.49

4.82

2.65

2.49

2.47

2.37

2.13

1.38

1.28

0.93

0.81

0.79

0.78

0.73

0.68

0.53

0.47

120

Distribution of Shareholders

Range

1

1,001

5,001

10,001

  -

  -

  -

  -

1,000

5,000

10,000

100,000

100,001 and over

No. of Shareholders

4,769

3,668

849

873

129

10,288

1,108 shareholders hold less than a marketable parcel of 171 shares at $2.94 per share.

Substantial Shareholders*

Notice Date

No. of
Shares*

WFM Motors Pty Ltd

23 Sept 2019

69,536,516

Vernon Charles Wheatley/Jove Pty Ltd 17 Nov 2019

15,356,763

* As disclosed in substantial holding notices received by the company.

Performance Rights and Options

No performance rights, no unvested options and 3,822,816 vested options are on issue to twelve holders pursuant to the Executive 
Incentive Plan. Vesting was subject to the achievement or waiver of pre-determined performance hurdles, as described in the Directors’ 
Report. The options do not have any dividend or voting rights.

Employee Incentive Scheme

266,274 shares were purchased on-market during the reporting period for the purposes of our employee incentive scheme at an 
average price of $9.99 per share.

On-market Buy-back

The company does not have a current on-market share buy-back.

Voting Rights

The following voting rights attach to ordinary shares, subject to the company’s constitution:

 > A shareholder entitled to attend and vote at a meeting may do so in person or by proxy, attorney or corporate representative.

 > On a show of hands, each shareholder entitled to vote has one vote.

 > On a poll, each shareholder entitled to vote has one vote for each fully paid share and a fraction for each partly paid share.

 >

If a share is held jointly with two or more holders in attendance, only the holder whose name appears first in the register may vote.

Corporate Governance Statement

The company’s Corporate Governance Statement is located on the company’s website at  
http://www.apeagers.com.au/shareholders/corporate-governance/.

121

ANNUAL REPORT 2019BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Tim Crommelin, Chairman, Non-executive Director

Martin Ward, Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

Nick Politis, Non-executive Director

Dan Ryan, Non-executive Director

David Cowper, Non-executive Director

Marcus Birrell, Non-executive Director

Sophie Moore, Executive Director & Chief Financial Officer

Greg Duncan, Non-executive Director

David Blackhall, Non-executive Director

Michelle Prater, Non-executive Director

COMPANY SECRETARY

Denis Stark, General Counsel & Company Secretary

CORPORATE DIRECTORY

A.P. EAGERS LIMITED

ABN 87 009 680 013

INCORPORATION

Incorporated in Queensland on 17 April 1957

REGISTERED OFFICE

5 Edmund Street 
Newstead Qld 4006

POSTAL ADDRESS

PO Box 199 
Fortitude Valley Qld 4006

TELEPHONE

(07) 3608 7100

FACSIMILE

(07) 3608 7111

WEBSITE

www.apeagers.com.au

AUDITOR

Deloitte Touché Tohmatsu 
Riverside Centre 
123 Eagle Street 
Brisbane Qld 4001

SHARE REGISTRY

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited 
Level 1 
200 Mary Street 
Brisbane Qld 4000

Enquiries within Australia:  1300 552 270 
Enquiries outside Australia:  +61 3 9415 4000

122

CONTROLLED ENTITIES

360 Finance Pty Ltd
360 Financial Services Australia Pty Ltd
360 Insurance Services Pty Ltd
A.C.N. 132 712 111 Pty Ltd
A.P. Ford Pty Ltd
A.P. Group Ltd
A.P. Motors (No.1) Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors (No.2) Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors (No.3) Pty Ltd
A.P. Motors Pty Ltd
ACM Autos Holdings Pty Ltd
ACM Autos Pty Ltd
ACM Liverpool Pty Ltd
Adtrans Australia Pty Ltd
Adtrans Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Adtrans Corporate Pty Ltd
Adtrans Group Ltd
Adtrans Hino Pty Ltd
Adtrans Truck Centre Pty Ltd
Adtrans Trucks Adelaide Pty Ltd
Adtrans Trucks Pty Ltd
Adtrans Used Pty Ltd
Adverpro Pty Ltd
AHG 1 Pty Ltd
AHG Automotive Mining and Industrial 
Solutions Pty Ltd
AHG Coatings Pty Ltd
AHG Finance 2005 Pty Ltd
AHG Finance Pty Ltd
AHG Franchised Automotive Pty Ltd
AHG International Pty Ltd
AHG Management Company Pty Ltd
AHG Newcastle Pty Ltd
AHG Property Pty Ltd
AHG Services (NSW) Pty Ltd
AHG Services (Qld) Pty Ltd
AHG Services (Vic) Pty Ltd
AHG Services (WA) Pty Ltd
AHG Trade Parts Pty Ltd
AHG Training Pty Ltd
AHG WA (2015) Pty Ltd
AHGCL 2016 Pty Ltd
AHGSW 2018 Pty Ltd
AP Eagers Foundation Ltd 
AP Eagers Ltd
AP Townsville Pty Ltd
APE Cars Mgmt Pty Ltd
Associated Finance Pty Ltd
Auckland Auto Collection Limited
Austral Pty Ltd
AUT 6. Pty Ltd
Auto Ad Pty Ltd

ACN 160 714 189
ACN 162 034 004
ACN 167 262 393 
ACN 132 712 111
ACN 010 602 383
ACN 010 030 994
ACN 010 585 234
ACN 010 585 243
ACN 010 585 252
ACN 010 579 996
ACN 621 081 552 
ACN 121 604 082
ACN 121 604 055
ACN 008 278 171
ACN 007 866 917
ACN 056 340 928
ACN 008 129 477
ACN 127 369 260
ACN 106 764 327
ACN 151 699 651
ACN 008 264 935
ACN 074 561 514
ACN 612 630 618
ACN 116 779 198

ACN 162 034 111
ACN 609 750 558 
ACN 112 854 387
ACN 064 015 676
ACN 128 362 185
ACN 147 802 211
ACN 147 802 337
ACN 600 832 755 
ACN 131 182 968
ACN 132 055 728
ACN 132 055 737
ACN 145 856 328
ACN 132 055 700
ACN 609 816 257 
ACN 159 538 226
ACN 603 598 750
ACN 615 618 678 
ACN 626 195 668 
ACN 612 890 883
ACN 009 680 013
ACN 600 279 927
ACN 632 136 906
ACN 009 677 678
NZBN 939375
ACN 009 662 202
ACN 008 985 886
ACN 605 815 021

Automotive Holdings Group (Qld) Pty Ltd
Automotive Holdings Group (Vic) Pty Ltd
Automotive Holdings Group Ltd
BASW Pty Ltd
Big Rock 2005 Pty Ltd
Big Rock Pty Ltd
Bill Buckle Autos Pty Ltd 
Bill Buckle Holdings Pty Ltd
Bill Buckle Leasing Pty Ltd
Black Auto CQ Pty Ltd
Boonarga Welding Pty Ltd
Bradstreet Motors Holdings Pty Ltd
Bradstreet Motors Pty Ltd
Cardiff Car City Holdings Pty Ltd
Cardiff Car City Pty Ltd
Carlin Auction Services (NSW) Pty Ltd
Carlin Auction Services (Qld) Pty Ltd
Carlins Automotive Auctioneers (WA) Pty Ltd
Carlins Automotive Auctioneers Pty Ltd
Carlins Corporate Vehicle Services Pty Ltd
Carlins Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Carsplus Australia Pty Ltd
Carzoos Pty Ltd
Castle Hill Autos No. 1 Pty Ltd
Castlegate Enterprises Pty Ltd
CFD (2012) Pty Ltd
CH Auto Pty Ltd
Cheap Cars Qld Pty Ltd
Chellingworth Pty Ltd
City Auto (2016) Holdings Pty Ltd
City Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
City Automotive Group Pty Ltd
City Motors (1981) Pty Ltd
Crampton Automotive Pty Ltd
Doncaster Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Drive A While Pty Ltd
Dual Autos Pty Ltd
Duncan Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Duncan Autos Pty Ltd
E.G. Eager & Son Pty Ltd
Eagers Finance Pty Ltd
Eagers Md Pty Ltd
Eagers Nominees Pty Ltd
Eagers Retail Pty Ltd
Easy Auto 123 Pty Ltd
Essendon Auto (2017) Pty Ltd
Eurocars (Sa) Pty Ltd
Falconet Pty Ltd
Ferntree Gully Autos Holdings Pty Ltd
Ferntree Gully Autos Pty Ltd
FINMO Pty Ltd
Geraldine Nominees Pty Ltd

ACN 127 499 683
ACN 158 935 249
ACN 111 470 038
ACN 601 452 199
ACN 112 854 403
ACN 008 968 867
ACN 000 388 054
ACN 062 951 106
ACN 000 871 910
ACN 135 015 191
ACN 099 480 903
ACN 602 181 386 
ACN 061 172 183 
ACN 602 181 751 
ACN 062 072 299 
ACN 069 462 148 
ACN 064 349 480 
ACN 121 606 826
ACN 069 430 182 
ACN 079 203 839 
ACN 619 469 966 
ACN 082 428 279 
ACN 608 791 911
ACN 148 096 244
ACN 088 414 715
ACN 158 508 233
ACN 600 297 783
ACN 616 472 729
ACN 112 854 467
ACN 611 922 993 
ACN 611 928 968 
ACN 067 985 602
ACN 008 973 402
ACN 057 283 253
ACN 611 321 638 
ACN 168 250 128 
ACN 113 068 830
ACN 112 854 485
ACN 093 664 192
ACN 009 658 306
ACN 009 721 288
ACN 009 727 753
ACN 009 723 488
ACN 009 662 211
ACN 148 136 314
ACN 616 989 596 
ACN 114 124 346
ACN 008 936 409
ACN 613 081 208 
ACN 145 562 401
ACN 621 801 054
ACN 009 062 015

123

ANNUAL REPORT 2019CORPORATE DIRECTORY  CONTINUED

Rand Transport (1986) Pty Ltd
Rand Transport Pty Ltd
Rent Two Buy Pty Ltd
RL Sublessor Pty Ltd
Sabalan Holdings Pty Ltd
Sabalan Pty Ltd
Scott’s Refrigerated Freightways Pty Ltd
Shemapel 2005 Pty Ltd
Skipper Trucks Pty Ltd
South West Queensland Motors Pty Ltd
Southeast Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Southern Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Southside Autos (1981) Pty Ltd
Southside Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Southwest Automotive Group Pty Ltd
Stillwell Trucks Pty Ltd
Submo Pty Ltd
SWGT Pty Ltd
Total Autos (1990) Pty Ltd
Total Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Vehicle Storage & Engineering Pty Ltd
VMS Pty Ltd
WA Trucks Pty Ltd
Webster Trucks Mgmt Pty Lt
Western Equipment Rentals Pty Ltd
Whitehorse Trucks Pty Ltd
Widevalley Pty Ltd
WS Motors Pty Ltd
Zupp Holdings Pty Ltd
Zupps Aspley Pty Ltd
Zupps Gold Coast Pty Ltd
Zupps Mt Gravatt Pty Ltd
Zupps Parts Pty Ltd
Zupps Southside Pty Ltd

ACN 009 180 983
ACN 112 854 912
ACN 165 880 562 
ACN 639 689 320
ACN 602 181 117 
ACN 002 698 188 
ACN 162 034 326
ACN 112 854 412
ACN 112 854 430
ACN 600 279 589
ACN 103 071 290
ACN 103 181 237
ACN 008 968 821
ACN 112 854 369
ACN 096 279 480
ACN 008 014 720
ACN 637 015 457
ACN 098 706 051
ACN 009 162 387
ACN 112 854 896
ACN 121 604 242
ACN 121 604 037
ACN 112 854 341
ACN 632 136 899
ACN 131 269 184
ACN 116 437 702
ACN 065 389 120 
ACN 608 791 804
ACN 009 824 462
ACN 009 900 298
ACN 009 681 261
ACN 009 695 694
ACN 009 842 648
ACN 009 839 187

Giant Autos (1997) Pty Ltd
Giant Autos Pty Ltd
Graham Cornes Motors Pty Ltd
Grand Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Highland Autos Pty Ltd
Highland Kackell Pty Ltd
HM (2015) Holdings Pty Ltd
HM (2015) Pty Ltd
Ib Md Pty Ltd
IB Motors Pty Ltd
Janasen Pty Ltd
Janetto Holdings Pty Ltd
Jat Refrigerated Road Services Pty Ltd
Kingspoint Pty Ltd
Knox Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Laverton Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Leaseline & General Finance Pty Ltd
Lionteam Pty Ltd
LWC International Limited
LWC Limited
Maitland City Motor Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Maitland City Motor Group Pty Ltd
Matchacar Pty Ltd
MB Vic Pty Ltd
MBSA Motors Pty Ltd
MCM Autos Pty Ltd
MCM Sutherland Pty Ltd
Melbourne City Autos (2012) Pty Ltd
Melbourne Truck and Bus Centre Pty Ltd
Melville Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Melville Autos Pty Ltd
Mornington Auto Group (2012) Pty Ltd
Motors Group (Glen Waverley) Pty Ltd
Motors Tas Pty Ltd
Newcastle Commercial Vehicles Pty Ltd
North City (1981) Pty Ltd
North City 2005 Pty Ltd
Northside Autos 2005 Pty Ltd
Northside Nissan (1986) Pty Ltd
Northwest (WA) Pty Ltd
Novated Direct Pty Ltd
NSW Vehicle Wholesale Pty Ltd
Nuford Ford Pty Ltd
Nundah Motors Pty Ltd
OPM (2012) Holdings Pty Ltd
OPM (2012) Pty Ltd
Osborne Park Autos Pty Ltd
Penrith Auto (2016) Pty Ltd
Perth Auto Alliance Pty Ltd
Port City Autos Pty Ltd
Precision Automotive Technology Pty Ltd
PT (2013) Pty Ltd

ACN 078 830 770
ACN 112 854 832
ACN 008 123 993
ACN 112 854 878
ACN 121 604 297
ACN 121 805 785
ACN 605 790 065 
ACN 605 791 142 
ACN 169 210 173
ACN 169 209 607
ACN 009 388 621
ACN 104 649 505
ACN 148 136 270
ACN 104 766 565
ACN 610 193 845 
ACN 611 487 211
ACN 010 131 361
ACN 112 854 458
NZBN 3361910
NZBN 1861124
ACN 602 179 000 
ACN 112 526 431 
ACN 609 773 873 
ACN 608 791 877
ACN 132 711 892
ACN 121 606 862
ACN 121 606 808
ACN 150 616 747
ACN 143 202 699
ACN 112 854 421
ACN 107 617 774
ACN 150 616 890
ACN 164 997 228
ACN 608 791 680
ACN 157 829 626
ACN 008 974 061
ACN 113 532 077
ACN 112 854 805
ACN 008 974 070
ACN 158 935 294
ACN 164 980 705
ACN 140 971 259 
ACN 112 854 449
ACN 009 681 556
ACN 623 139 177 
ACN 158 377 452
ACN 112 854 476
ACN 611 323 150 
ACN 089 353 346
ACN 160 315 579
ACN 163 233 207
ACN 162 030 015

124